technical specification tn 01 lot i - rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · iec-694 common clauses for high...

160
TN-01/1 JAIPUR Office of the Superintending Engineer (JCC) Bani Park, Near Ram Mandir, Jaipur -302006(Rajasthan) TENDER SPECIFICATION FOR “Supply, Erection, Testing & Commissioning of SCADA Compatible Equipment’s in Jaipur City on Turn-Key Basis against Package No. SE/JCC/TN-01(Lot-I, II, III)” VOLUME - III PACKAGE No. SE/JCC/TN-01(Lot-I, II, III) Last date & time for submission of Proposal is 28.06.2013 up to 14.30 Part : I TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Upload: others

Post on 23-Jul-2020

5 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/1

JAIPUR

Office of the Superintending Engineer (JCC) Bani Park, Near Ram Mandir, Jaipur -302006(Rajasthan)

TENDER SPECIFICATION

FOR

“Supply, Erection, Testing & Commissioning of SCADA Compatible

Equipment’s in Jaipur City on Turn-Key Basis

against Package No. SE/JCC/TN-01(Lot-I, II, III)” VOLUME - III

PACKAGE No. SE/JCC/TN-01(Lot-I, II, III)

Last date & time for submission of Proposal is 28.06.2013 up to 14.30

Part : I

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Page 2: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/2

INDEX

S. No Name of Item Pages No.

1. 36 KV INDOOR TYPE VACUUM CIRCUIT BREAKERS

3-25

2. 36 KV OUTDOOR TYPE VACUUM CIRCUIT BREAKERS 26-37

3. 12 KV INDOOR TYPE VACUUM CIRCUIT BREAKERS

38-54

4. 12 KV OUTDOOR TYPE VACUUM CIRCUIT BREAKERS

55-71

5. 33 KV CONTROL AND RELAY PANEL 72-96

6. 12 KV Ring Mains Unit 97-114

7. 33KV OUTDOOR LOAD BREAK SWITCH 115-122

8. 11 KV OUTDOOR LOAD BREAK SWITCH 123-130

9. Cable Jointing Kits 131-139

10. 33 KV outdoor CT’s 140-147

11. 11 KV XLPE cable 148-156

12. DT Structure 157

13. Numerical Relay 158-159

14 Shunt Trip Arrangement 160

Page 3: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/3

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF 36 KV INDOOR TYPE

VACUUM CIRCUIT BREAKERS

1.0 SCOPE :

This specification covers the design, manufacture, assembly, testing at

manufacturer's works before dispatch, supply, delivery of 3 pole, 50 Hz, 36 KV

switchgear and control gear panels for indoor installation fitted with 36 KV vacuum

circuit breakers including voltage transformers, current transformers, metering

instruments, protection relays etc. as per schedule of requirement and installation

& commissioning by the supplier as per Schedule-III (Part-B). The power system is

with neutral solidly earthed. The equipment offered shall be safe, reliable and

compact to install. The workmanship shall be of high order. The circuit breaker and

protective devices shall be of latest design so as to ensure rapid and efficient

interruption of fault current, low arc energy, small arcing time, complete phase

segregation and freedom from fire hazards.

1.1 STANDARDS :

The circuit breaker/metal enclosed switchgear, Voltage transformers, current

transformers and all other equipment shall also comply with the requirement of

latest edition of relevant Indian standards. Deviation from the standards and this

specification if any, should be brought out in the tender and justified. Voltage

transformer and current transformers shall be mounted within the panels. The

governing standard shall be

S.

No.

IS/IEC

Reference

Specification

1. IEC-62271/ 100-200

High Voltage Switchgear & Control gear

2. IEC-298 A.C. Metal – enclosed and control gear for rated voltages above 1KV and including 72.5KV

3. IS-3427 A.C. Metal – enclosed and control gear for rated voltages above 1KV and including 52KV.

4. IS-8623 Specification for Low Voltage Switchgear and Control gear assemblies.

5. IS-13118 IEC-56

Specification for High Voltage AC Circuit Breakers.

6. IEC-529 Degrees of Protection. 7. IS-5578 & 11353 Marking and arrangement for switchgear bus bar main

connections and auxiliary wiring. 8. IS-325 Specification for 3 Phase Induction motors. 9. IS-2629 Recommended practice for hot dip galvanizing of iron and

steel. 10. IEC-137 Bushing for AC Voltages. 11. IS-3347 Porcelain Transformer Bushings. 12. IS-5561 Terminal Connectors 13. IS-3156 Voltage Transformers 14. IS-2705 Current Transformers 15. IS-3231 Electric relays for power protection. 16. IS-13010 - 17. IS-13779 Static Energy Meters 18. IS-8686 Static Protection Relays 19. IS-1248 Electrical measuring instruments 20. IS-2099 High Voltage Porcelain Bushings. 21. IS-10118 Minimum clearances for Outdoor Switchgear. 22. IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control

Page 4: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/4

gear. 23. IEC-60255 &

IEC-61330 Numerical Relays

Equipment’s conforming to any other internationally accepted standard(s)

which ensure(s) equal or better quality than the standard(s) mentioned above

would also be accepted. In case the tenderers wish to offer equipment

conforming to other standards or alternative offer which tenderer considers

advisable by reason of his own manufacturing requirement and experience would

be acceptable provided descriptive matter, literature and complete certificates

are submitted pointing out that the equipment/devices/arrangements as offered

are equal or superior to that required by the accompanying specification with

full justification. They shall furnish English translation of the relevant standards

where the equipment conforms to any other standards. Salient points of

difference between the standards adopted and those mentioned above shall be

brought out.

1.2 a) PARTICULARS OF SYSTEM :

i) Nominal system voltage : 33 KV ii) Highest system voltage : 36 KV iii) Frequency : 50 Hz iv) No. of phases : 03 v) Neutral earthing : Effectively earthed b) SERVICE CONDITIONS :

The equipment should operate satisfactorily under the climatic conditions specified

in this specification. The reference maximum ambient Air temperature may be

taken as 50 Deg. C. as against 40 Deg. C. The permissible temperature rise for

various equipment’s offered should therefore be derated accordingly.

1.2.1 CLIMATIC CONDITIONS:

i) Peak ambient air temperature in shade. 50 DEG C ii) Minimum ambient air temperature in shade. (-) 5 DEG C iii) Maximum relative humidity 95% iv) Minimum relative humidity 10% v) Dust storms are liable to occur from the period from March to July. vi) Height above mean sea level Less than 1000M vii) Average number of thunder 40 Days storm days per annum. viii) Average annual rainfall 10-100 cm (Depending on area) ix) Number of months of tropical monsoon conditions p.a. June to Sept. 1.3 PRINCIPAL PARAMETERS

1.3.1 CIRCUIT BREAKERS :

a) Rating and characteristics of circuit breakers :

1. No. of poles : 3 2. Class : Indoor 3. Rated voltage : 36 KV 4. Rated insulation level a) Light-ning impulse voltage : 170 KV (Peak) b) One minute power frequency : 70 KV (rms)

Page 5: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/5

withstand voltage. 5. Rated frequency : 50 Hz 6. Rated normal current : 800 A 7. Short circuit breaking capacity : 25 KA 8. Short time withstand current : 25 KA for 3 secs. 9. Protection class : IP 5X 10. Maximum opening time : Less than 3 Cycles 11. Rated operating sequence : O-0.3 Sec.-CO-3min-CO 12. Minimum operations at full : 100 rated short circuit breaking current. 13. Rated Breaking Capacity i) Symmetrical : 25 KA ii) Asymmetrical : As per relevant Standards 14. Rated making capacity : 2.50x25 KA 15. Operating Mechanism : Motor operated Spring

charged closing mechanism. 16. Heater/Lamp/Socket : 240 V A/C 17. Control Voltage : 110V DC b) Characteristics of the operating mechanism of Circuit breaker and associated

equipment :

i) Method of operation : The circuit breakers shall be equipped with power operated

mechanism to operate all the three phases simultaneously using 220/240V

universal motor operated spring closing mechanism. The circuit breakers shall

also be provided with hand operated spring closing mechanism. The Circuit

Breaker shall have electrical and mechanical tripping arrangements under various

conditions. In case of spring closing mechanism no main spring of the mechanism

shall be plated, powder coated or given any other treatment so that spring

property is not lost.

ii) Number and type of spare, auxiliary switches : Adequate number of spare

auxiliary switches/ contacts both of normally open and normally close type but

not less than eight each shall be provided on the circuit breaker for use in the

indication and controlling scheme of the circuit breaker.

iii) Rated supply voltage and rated supply frequency : The rated voltage for the

auxiliary supply shall be 240 V, 50 Hz AC supply.

1.3.2 DESIGN CRITERIA

The bidder shall quote 36 KV Indoor type Vacuum Circuit Breakers

conforming to M-2 class only. The equipment will be used in high voltage system

having characteristics as listed in the specification. The equipment will be

installed indoor in a hot, humid and tropical atmosphere.

All equipment, accessories and wiring shall have tropical protection, involving

special treatment of metal and insulation against fungus, insects and corrosion.

The maximum temperature in any part of the equipment at specified rating shall not

exceed the permissible limits as stipulated in the relevant standards and this

specification.

Page 6: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/6

The equipment shall be capable of withstanding the dynamic and thermal

stresses of listed short circuit current without any damage or deterioration.

The safety clearances of all live parts of the equipment shall be as per relevant

standards.

1.3.3 CONSTRUCTIONAL FEATURES : a) The circuit breakers shall be triple pole metal clad truck mounted horizontal

drawout type enclosed in cubicle made of CRCA sheet steel of minimum 3 mm

thickness and shall comply with latest edition of relevant IS. The cubicle/ panels

shall be vermin proof and dust tight. The cubicle shall be of folded type

construction. The switchgears and control gear shall be complete with all

necessary supporting frame work, nuts and bolts etc. for securing the same to the

floor. The operating mechanism shall operate (close/open) all the three phases

simultaneously. The operating mechanism, links etc. should be accessible for

maintenance. Mechanical safety shutters should be provided between breaker and

panel. Engagement and disengagement of auxiliary supply should be automatically

linked through the movement of the truck so that in service condition auxiliary

supply is automatically made. All six terminals shall brought out of cubicle through

appropriate class of cable termination and sealing kits. All the breakers shall be

supplied with necessary clamps suitable for appropriate current ratings. Suitable

arrangement of earthing on the switchgear and control gear panels shall be

provided. The arcing contacts shall be made of homogeneous special alloy so that

surge voltages are reduced to negligible level and multiple arc reignition is

eliminated. All the connecting bus bar & current carrying parts shall be made of

copper for these indoor circuit breakers.

b) For indoor panels, SWITCHGEAR (circuit breakers, CTs, PTs etc.) and controlgear

(relays, meters etc.) shall be mounted on the same panel. A set of air insulated

electrolytic copper bus bars having maximum current density 1.5 Amp./ mm2 with

minimum cross sectional area of 720 mm2 with PVC sleeves or PVC insulation are to

be provided for all indoor switchgear panels. The switchgear panels shall be

provided with the arrangement for extending the bus bar and inter-connecting bus

bars. Their supports, nuts and bolts etc. will be supplied loose. The region of

such inter connection shall normally be blanked on panels. The bus bars should

be of electrolytic copper with permissible limits of current density. Size of the bus

bar and current density should be specified in the tender. The bus bar conductor

shall conform to IS:8034. The bus bar shall be rated for 25KA for 3 Seconds.

c) The following safety interlocks & features are required to be provided in the

breaker:-

1) For VCB Chamber

i) Rack in Operation from Test to Service:-

It should not be possible to rack in the VCB Truck unless & until the VCB is in

switched off condition, VCB chamber door is closed, LV Control plug is connected

& locked and the Cable earthing switch (if provided) is switched off.

Page 7: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/7

ii) Rack Out Operation from Service to Test:-

It should not be possible to rack out the VCB Truck unless & until the VCB is in

switched off condition.

iii) For earthing switch in cable chamber:

It should not be possible to operate the earthing switch unless & until the

respective VCB Truck is in test condition.

iv) The movement of VCB shall be duly interlocked so that it can not be racked

in to service position in pre closed condition & it is not possible to rack out

from service position in pre closed condition. Any attempt to close the VCB

into intermediate position shall be blocked by sustained mechanical tripped

command overriding on to the mechanism to avoid closure of the contacts of

VCB. Any attempt to cause the movement of VCB shall initiate the tripping of

a VCB and only thereafter the movement shall be facilitated.

v) The mechanism shall be trip free type with inherent capability of O-CO

operation.

vi) The Circuit Breaker should be designed in such a manner that there should

be proper metal compartmentalization of the various circuit breaker parts

such as breaker chamber, Bus bar chamber & Cable chamber.

vii) Test and service position limit switches shall be provided.

viii) The provision should be made to avoid accidental contact & access to the

high electrically stressed area by providing appropriate touch to safe metal

screens when the VCB is posed into service position inside the cubical.

ix) No separate VCB handling trolley shall be required to insert the VCB inside

the panel. The VCB shall be floor rolling type.

x) The VCB should be provided with proper interlock for the secondary isolating

plug & socket type contacts so that it is not possible to insert the VCB from

the test to service position unless the secondary plug socket is connected & it

is not possible to remove the secondary plug socket into intermediate

position & in service position.

xi) The insulation used shall be non hygroscopic & non deformable type and it

should be free from any partial discharge when exposed to sustain over

voltages.

xii) The VCB shall be completely type tested as per IEC 62271-100/200 or ISS.

xiii) The operating instruments like switches etc shall be placed at height less

than 1900mm.

xiv) The total height of the panel should not exceed more than 2700mm and

width should not exceed 1200mm.

xv) The panel should be designed totally on air clearances basis with no

dependency on the external shrouds & add on insulations.

xvi) The panel shall have epoxy spout insulators between the bus bar & VCB

chamber to have proper compartmentalization.

Page 8: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/8

xvii) The bus risers shall be epoxy coated and should be integral part of the spout

bushings.

xviii) Entire bus bar compartment is provided with solid insulation scheme to have

less dependency on the inter phase barriers.

xix) The panel shall have rigid sheet steel construction for better stability and

shall be self standing without the external bracings.

xx) The panel should be designed to have gravity operated self resetting type

pressure relief flaps to have internal arc fault proof design.

xxi) The panel should have integral foundation frame.

xxii) The CT’s shall be top terminal CT’s and mounted on the panel base frame to

facilitate easy mounting and serviceability.

xxiii) Adequate cable termination space of around 700mm shall be provided with

facility to terminate 3 cables of 3CX400 sq. mm size.

xxiv) Panel should be provided with independently operated, insulated type non

metallic shutters with pad locking facility. The shutters shall automatically

operate with the VCB trolley movement.

xxv) The multi-core cable entry should be provided optimally from front or rear

side of the panel. The necessary arrangement of cable entry from Left Hand/

Right Hand side through self-standing side cable boxes should also be made.

xxvi) Hinges of door shall be concealed type to avoid rusting and obstructive

opening of the door.

xxvii) The quality of welding shall be good and there should not be any lumps and

splatters on the panel”.

xxviii) All the gasket shall be of chemically treated neoprene.

xxix) Hole & Pin locking (Check nut) arrangement should also be provided while

fixing the vacuum interrupter at bottom side.

1.3.4 VACUUM CIRCUIT BREAKER :

The three phase vacuum circuit breakers will have three interrupters (one

interrupter per phase) mounted on same carriage. The interrupters shall be air

insulated in epoxy resin tank or with epoxy resin phase barriers. Each interrupter

shall have fixed and moving contacts in sealed envelope having vacuum below

10-6 torr. The metallic bellow shall permit axial movement of moving contact and

act as vacuum seal. The contacts shall have requisite mechanical strength and

good electrical and thermal conductivity and shall be made of copper

chromium alloy. Complete literature of vacuum bottles shall be furnished with the

tender.

The vacuum interrupter should be housed in epoxy pole unit and make of Vacuum

Interrupter should be BEL, CGL, SIEMENS, ABB & ALSTOM /AREVA, MEGAWIN only.

1.4 VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS :

1. Highest equipment voltage : 36 KV 2. No. of phases : 3 3. Insulation level a) Impulse withstand voltage : 170 KVP b) One minute power frequency

Page 9: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/9

withstand voltage on : i) Primary winding : 70 KV rms ii) Secondary winding : 2 KV rms 4. Frequency : 50 Hz. 5. Transformation ratio : 33000/110 V 6. Rated output : 30 VA / phase 7. Accuracy class : 0.5 8. Winding connection : Star/Star 9. Rated voltage factor : 1.2 continuous and 1.5 for 30

seconds 10.Type of insulation : Resin cast

VTs shall be provided with HRC type fuses on the secondary side. The VT fuses

on primary side shall also be provided with all safety precautions. One of the

secondary terminals of the VTs shall be solidly earthed. The panel shall be provided

with draw out of 3 Nos. Single Phase Voltage Transformers.

1.5 CURRENT TRANSFORMERS :

1. Rated voltage : 36 KV 2. Insulation level a) Impulse withstand : 170 KVP voltage b) One minute power frequency voltage on i) Primary winding : 70 KV rms ii)Secondary winding : 03 KV rms 3. Frequency : 50 Hz

4. Rated continuous thermal : 120% of rated primary current 5. Short time thermal rating : 25 KA for 3 Sec. 6. Transformer CTs of ratio : 400-200/5-5A. 7. Rated output/accuracy etc. for CTs. Core-I Core-II a) Rated output 30 VA 15 VA However VA burden should not be less than suitable for A.C. series trip requirement with shunt trip arrangement. b) Class of accuracy 5P 0.5 S c) Accuracy limit factor 15 - d) Purpose Relaying Metering 8. Max. instrument security - 5 factor 9. Type of Insulation Resin Cast

36 KV current transformers shall be single phase. The core shall be of high grade

non ageing laminated silicon steel of low hysteresis loss and high permeability to

ensure high accuracy for both normal and fault current.

1.6 The rating of secondary winding shall be 5 Amps. However, the current

transformers will have to satisfy the requirement of rated VA burden, class of

accuracy, accuracy limit factor and short time thermal rating as have been

specified in clause No. 3.5 at all transformation ratio. Magnetization curves

corresponding to all secondary taps must be submitted with the tender.

The ratings of current transformers of all classes regarding ratio error, knee

point voltage, resistance of secondary winding etc. shall have to be co-ordinated

with the requirements of protective relays and protection scheme, without

any extra cost.

Page 10: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/10

1.7 Before commencement of supplies one No. panel with circuit breaker, VT etc. will

have to be subjected to temperature rise test without extra charges in the

presence of our Inspecting Officer.

1.8 The tenderer shall also furnish along with the tender, complete general

arrangement, schematic and outline diagrams indicating the mounting

arrangement and position of current transformers, voltage transformer terminal

blocks etc. Type of current transformer and voltage transformer employed shall

also be clearly stated.

1.9 INDICATING AND INTEGRATING METERS/INSTRUMENTS :

1.9.1 All indicating instruments shall be of switchboard type, back connected, suitable for

flush mounting and provided with dust and vermin proof cases for tropical use

and finished in suitable colour. All instruments shall have practical laboratory

means for adjustment of accuracy. Only analog type indicating instruments

shall be acceptable. The limits of errors for ammeters/voltmeters shall be those

permissible for class 1.0 or better instruments as per IS:1248. The ammeters

and voltmeters shall be suitably scaled to indicate the current/voltage for all

the rating of current/voltage transformers. A phase selector switch with four/six

position shall be used to measure the current/voltage of each phase/line. The

meters shall be located at eye level to facilitate observation of readings

correctly.

1.9.2 A.C. Static HT Trivector Meter :

3 phase 4 wire A.C. Static H.T. Trivector meter of accuracy class 0.5S for

measurement of energy as per latest specification of JVVNL with DLMS protocol,

shall be provided on each Outdoor VCB Kiosks.

Following makes of HT TVMs are acceptable: i) Secure

ii) L&T iii) ABB/Elster iv) Schlumberger v) Genus Infra

Any other make being procured by Nigam shall also be acceptable. 1.10 RELAYS :

The circuit breaker shall be fitted with shunt trip coil for operation on Numerical

Over Current and Earth Fault relay. The coils should be rated for 110VDC operation

on station battery.

Three phase protection relays shall be Numerical Over-current & Earth Fault

protection having 3 element for over current and one for earth fault protection with

instant trip. The setting for over-current shall be 50-200% (continuous range) and

for earth fault element from 5 to 80% (continuous range). These relays shall be

non directional with selectable curve for all standard IDMT curves. The numerical

relays shall have following features:-

i. Self Diagnosis

ii. Minimum last five abnormal events recording (over current & earth fault)

indicating fault current and phase, along with Date & Time.

Page 11: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/11

iii. On-line display of current.

iv. Communicable with open Protocol having RS-485 port.

v. Instantaneous Over-Current Protection with adjustable timer.

vi. Breaker Failure detection.

vii. In-built Circuit Breaker Trip Circuit Supervision function during pre closing

and post closing of Circuit Breaker.

viii. DC supervision.

ix. Very low burden on CT (less than 0.5VA)

x. Continuous monitoring of module’s internal hardware and alarm

generation in case of failure of any critical components.

xi. 5 Digital Output contacts for local alarm as well as tele-signalling.

The relay shall be numerical type mounted in flush pattern on the panel board. The

relay should be rated for 5 Amp. CT secondary. The relay should conform to

relevant ISS. The tenders shall furnish the detail in this regard along with the offer.

All the relays shall be provided with test blocks in panel so designed that the relays

may be tested in situ. The relays should have provision of testing either through

test block or test plug easily accessible by injecting the voltage / current/frequency

(as applicable) from external testing instruments /source without first

disconnecting/ reenergizing the primary electrical circuit protected by the relays.

Facilities for isolating the tripping circuit during such testing shall also be provided.

Relay TTB shall have trip bypass arrangement.

The requirement of test block shall not be applicable in case of drawout type relays

which can be tested by using test plug without removing the relay from its casing.

The testing facilities provided in the relays shall be specifically stated in the bid.

One test plug with five panels or part thereof are to be supplied.

The Following makes of Relays are acceptable:-

a. Areva. f. JVS

b. ABB. g. SEL

c. Easun Reyrolle h. ASHIDA

d. C&S i. MEGAWIN

e. Crompton j. Stelmec

The technical suitability of relays/schemes may also be examined by Protection

Wing & acceptability will be judged appropriately.

The successful bidder must furnish type test reports as per relevant ISS/ IEC along

with bid to suit the environmental conditions of our State, in respect of the relay

(of the type and design offered) which should have been type tested in NABL

accredited test laboratory in respect of such tests for which the lab has been

accredited (for Indian make Relays)/ CPRI/ Nationally accredited testing laboratory

(for Foreign make Relays). These type test reports should not be older than five

years from the date of opening of bid. Bids without Type Test reports will be

treated as Non-Responsive. Any other equivalent make of relays shall also be

acceptable subject to prior approval of S.E. (JCC), JVVNL, Jaipur.

Page 12: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/12

1.11 WIRING :

All wiring shall be of switch board type consisting of copper conductor of 1.5 Sq.

mm. for alarm / annunciation / control circuits and 2.5 Sq.mm. for CT and all other

Circuits insulated with polyvinyl chloride insulation suitable for 660 Volt service

and in accordance with relevant IS:732. Polyvinyl Chloride used shall have

excellent resistance against burning, moisture, oil and vermin and shall be finished

with clear colour. Rubber insulated wiring shall not be acceptable. Tenderers

shall furnish the details of method being adopted by them for Joint/

Connections.

All instruments and Panel wiring shall be of heat resisting and self extinguishing

type in compliance with IS. Plastic or porcelain cleats of the limited

compression type shall be used for holding wiring runs. All wires shall be suitable

for bending to meet the terminal studs at right angles. Metal cases of all

apparatus mounted on panels shall be separately earthed by means of copper wire

or strips. The following colour scheme of the wiring shall be used as per IS:375.

a) AC three phase circuits : i) No.1 Phase : Red. No.2 Phase : Yellow. No.3 Phase : Blue ii) Neutral Conductor : Black iii) Connection to Earth : Green b) D.C. circuits : Grey 1.12 MIMIC DIAGRAM :

For indoor panels painted colour bands shall be used for the mimic bus. The mimic

diagram shall be on eye level. Equipments such as current transformers,

voltage transformers etc. shall be represented by suitable symbols. The colour

shall be Red Shade 537 of IS-5.

1.13 INDICATING LEDs:

Indicating LEDs shall be provided on the control board to indicate the following: 1. Visual indication of ON and OFF position of each circuit breaker. 2. Trip circuit healthy indication. 3. Auto trip indication for each circuit breaker panel. 4. VT supply indication.

Each lamp body shall be of moulded insulation and shall be able to withstand a

high voltage test of appropriate value. All LEDs shall be suitable for 240 V AC

supply and shall have low power consumption and shall provide a wide angle of

illumination of sufficient intensity for comfortable viewing. A glass of appropriate

colour shall be screwed into the front of the LED. The design of LED shall be such

as to facilitate replacement of defective LEDs. An engraved label indicating the

purpose of the LED shall be provided with each LED.

1.14 TEST TERMINAL BLOCKS :

Two nos. test terminal blocks shall be provided one for testing of relays and other

for testing meters. They shall be of switch board, back connected type for front of

panel mounting. The test blocks shall provide complete isolation of meters,

instruments, etc. and the arrangement shall be such that testing power could be

Page 13: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/13

connected at the test block from any external source or may be taken from the

instrument transformers. Provision shall be made for short circuiting current

transformers. Suitable sealing arrangement shall be provided in test terminal

blocks.

1.15 FERRULES :

Ferrules engraved/printed with the same number, letters or symbols as

indicated in the connection and wiring diagram shall be provided on the terminal

ends of all wires for identification of circuits for inspection and maintenance.

Ferrules shall be of strong and flexible insulating material with glossy finish to

prevent adhesion. They shall be engraved / printed and clearly marked and shall

not be effected by dampness. Ferrule numbering shall be in accordance with

IS:375. The same ferrule number shall not be used on wires in different circuits

on a panel.

1.16 SPACE FOR CABLES AND CABLE GLANDS :

Sufficient space for receiving the cables inside the switch board at the bottom of

the cubicles and mounting arrangement for the terminal cable glands shall be

provided. Cable gland plates should be above the ground level for the ease of

working.

1.17 PAINTING & FINISHING:

All interiors and exteriors of switchgear enclosure, breaker mechanism etc shall be

finished and painted to produce a neat, fire resistant and durable surface which

would prevent rusting and corrosion. Sheet metal component shall be pre-treated

using 7 tank phosphating process consisting of de-greasing, acid pickling, de-

rusting, phosphating and passivation including repeated rinsing in between. On

completion of the passivation of the components, they shall be preheated and then

epoxy powder coated or treated with one coat of primer & zinc chromate and

finished with two coats of light gray enamel paint of shade 631 of IS 5 and stoved to

achieve excellent anti-rusting and scratch resistant properties. The thickness of

painting shall be around 60 microns.

1.18 SCHEDULE OF REQUIREMENTS :

The requirement of circuit breakers shall be as per Clause No. 3.31. At a

particular substation one or two transformers can be controlled through one breaker

depending upon the necessity. Each of these breakers shall be equipped as per

clause No. 3.19.

1.19 SCHEDULE OF EQUIPMENT :

Item No. 1 (TRANSFORMER TYPE)

36KV/800 Amp. VCB Switchgear panel for indoor installation:

1. 36KV/800A Vacuum Circuit Breaker 1 No.

drawout type with provisions of manual tripping by

means of a control switch/push button.

2. Motor Charged Spring operated closing 1 No.

mechanism.

Page 14: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/14

3. Numerical 3 0/C + E/F relay 1 No.

4. Single phase 36 KV current transformers 3 Nos.

of ratio 400-200/5-5A suitable for metering

and protection. The class of accuracy shall

be 0.5 S for metering and 5P15 for protection.

Rated burden (output) shall be 30 VA

for protection & 15 VA for metering

for each secondary core. Instrument

security factor for metering core shall not

exceed 5.

5. Flush type switchboard mounting pattern 1 No.

Analog voltmeter of class 1.0 or better accuracy

suitable for 110 V phase to phase secondary

scaled for 0-40 KV.

6. Voltmeter phase selector switch to 1 No.

indicate phase to phase and phase to neutral

voltage of all the three phases.

7. Indicating LEDs coloured red, amber and 3 Nos.

blue for PT supply indication.

8. Arrangement for reception of incoming and 2 Nos.

outgoing cable connection along with cable

termination and sealing kits for 3 C x 400 mm

sq. XLPE power cables.

9. Set of three phase air insulated main 1 No.

electrolytic copper bus bars of 800A continuous

current rating having maximum current density

1.5 Amp./ Sq. & minimum cross sectional area

720mm Sq. with PVC insulation or sleeves. STC

rating 25KA for 3 seconds.

The busses within the cubical shall be of high

conductivity electrolyte grade copper. The Bus

bar joints shall be silver plated and bolted in such

a manner that initial contact pressure around the

square headed high tensile bolt will remain

substantially undiminished at all temperature

upto rated full load temperature. The Bus

support and bushings shall be of epoxy resin cast

type. All drop off from main bus to VCB and VCB

to bushing terminations shall be suitable for

current rating of circuit breaker . All the bus bar

shall be sleeved with heat shrinkable sleeves of

36 KV voltage level (Insulated for a service

Page 15: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/15

voltage of 36 KV) and bus bar shall be shrouded

wherever possible. All the bus bar joints shall be

shrouded and where shrouding is not possible, it

shall be taped with HV self amalgamation tape.

All the tap off bus bar connections inside panel

and PT jumpers shall be sleeved with HT heat

shrinkable sleeves. Special care shall be taken in

the design of bus bar system to provide for

thermal expansion and to minimize the chances

of bus fault. Bimetallic washers shall be provided

at the joints of two different metal surfaces.

The bus supports and bushings shall be non

hygroscopic non aging glass reinforced polymer.

10. Mechanical ON/OFF indicator. 1 No.

11. Operating handle for independent manual 1 No.

closing mechanism.

12. Red indicating LED for ON indication. 1 No.

13. Green indicating LED for OFF indication. 1 No.

14. Auxiliary switch having minimum of 8 1 No.

contacts 8 normally open and 8 normally

closed.

15. Flush mounting pattern analog ammeter of class 1 No.

1.0 accuracy or better for 5 Amps. CT

secondary scale 0-200/400 A.

16. Ammeter selector switch to indicate phase 1 No.

current in all three phases and with OFF

position.

17. AC HT Tri vector meter 1 No.

18. Auxiliary Relay type VAA 33 or equivalent 2 Nos.

For transformer protection functions.

19. Trip Circuit Supervision Relay 1 No.

20. D.C. Supervision Relay 1 No.

21. Annunciator 16 window 1 No.

22. High Speed Trip Relay 1 No.

23. Semaphore indicators As per requirement

24. Three Position control switch for circuit 1 No.

Breaker & Annunciation window

26. Automatic door CFL with Switch. 1 No.

27. 240V, 80W AC single phase 2 Nos.

anti condensation heaters with thermostat

(0-60 eg. C) and switch.

28. Anti pumping contactor. 1 No.

Page 16: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/16

29. Operation Counter. 1 No.

30. Test terminal blocks for metering and 2 Nos.

relays, 3 phase 4 wire.

31. Fault trip yellow LED. 1 No.

32.Ground bus system, size 50x6mm copper 1 No.

may be provided and the earthing stud

shall be capable of withstanding rated

short circuit current and stud design

shall be as per IS-133427 or IEC -200.

33. Bell for Alarm 1 No.

34. Hooter for Alarm 1 No.

35. 3 Pin Socket with switch 1 No.

36. 2 Pin Socket with switch 1 No.

37. Auto Trip Lamp 1 No.

Item No. 2 (FEEDER TYPE)

36KV/800 Amp. VCB Switchgear panel for indoor installation:

1. 36KV/800A Vacuum Circuit Breaker 1 No.

drawout type with provisions of manual tripping by

means of a control switch/push button.

2. Motor Charged Spring operated closing 1 No.

mechanism.

3. Numerical 3 0/C + E/F relay 1 No.

4. Single phase 36 KV current transformers 3 Nos.

of ratio 400-200/5-5A suitable for metering

and protection. The class of accuracy shall

be 0.5 S for metering and 5P15 for protection.

Rated burden (output) shall be 30 VA

for protection & 15 VA for metering

for each secondary core. Instrument

security factor for metering core shall not

exceed 5.

5. 33000/110 Volts three single phase voltage 1 Set

transformers having 30 VA/phase burden

and class of accuracy 0.5. The transformer shall

be star-star connected.

6. Flush type switchboard mounting pattern 1 No.

Analog voltmeter of class 1.0 or better accuracy

suitable for 110 V phase to phase secondary

scaled for 0-40 KV.

7. Voltmeter phase selector switch to 1 No.

indicate phase to phase and phase to neutral

voltage of all the three phases.

Page 17: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/17

8. Indicating LEDs coloured red, amber and 3 Nos.

blue for PT supply indication.

9. Arrangement for reception of incoming and 2 Nos.

outgoing cable connection along with cable

termination and sealing kits for 3 C x 400 mm

sq. XLPE power cables.

10.Set of three phase air insulated main 1 No.

electrolytic copper bus bars of 800A continuous

current rating having maximum current density

1.5 Amp./ Sq. & minimum cross sectional area

720mm Sq. with PVC insulation or sleeves. STC

rating 25KA for 3 seconds.

The busses within the cubical shall be of high

conductivity electrolyte grade copper. The Bus

bar joints shall be silver plated and bolted in such

a manner that initial contact pressure around the

square headed high tensile bolt will remain

substantially undiminished at all temperature

upto rated full load temperature. The Bus

support and bushings shall be of epoxy resin cast

type. All drop off from main bus to VCB and VCB

to bushing terminations shall be suitable for

current rating of circuit breaker . All the bus bar

shall be sleeved with heat shrinkable sleeves of

36 KV voltage level (Insulated for a service

voltage of 36 KV) and bus bar shall be shrouded

wherever possible. All the bus bar joints shall be

shrouded and where shrouding is not possible, it

shall be taped with HV self amalgamation tape.

All the tap off bus bar connections inside panel

and PT jumpers shall be sleeved with HT heat

shrinkable sleeves. Special care shall be taken in

the design of bus bar system to provide for

thermal expansion and to minimize the chances

of bus fault. Bimetallic washers shall be provide

at the joints of two different metal surfaces.

The bus supports and bushings shall be non

hygroscopic non aging glass reinforced polymer.

11. Mechanical ON/OFF indicator. 1 No.

12. Operating handle for independent manual 1 No.

closing mechanism.

13. Red indicating LED for ON indication. 1 No.

Page 18: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/18

14. Green indicating LED for OFF indication. 1 No.

15. Auxiliary switch having minimum of 8 1 No.

contacts 8 normally open and 8 normally

closed.

16. Trip Circuit Supervision Relay 1 No.

17. D.C. Supervision Relay 1 No.

18. Annunciator 8 window 1 No.

19. High Speed Trip Relay 1 No.

20. Semaphore indicators As per requirement

21. Three Position control switch for circuit 1 No.

Breaker & Annunciation window

22. Flush mounting pattern Analog ammeter of class 1 No.

1.0 accuracy or better for 5 Amps. CT

secondary scale 0-200/400 A.

23. Ammeter selector switch to indicate phase 1 No.

current in all three phases and with OFF

position.

24. AC HT Tri vector meter 1 No.

25. Automatic door CFL with Switch. 1 No.

26. 240V, 80W AC single phase 2 Nos.

anti condensation heaters with thermostat

(0-60 Deg. C) and switch.

27. Anti pumping contactor. 1 No.

28. Operation Counter. 1 No.

29. Test terminal blocks for metering and 2 Nos.

relays, 3 phase 4 wire.

30. Fault trip yellow LED. 1 No.

31.Ground bus system, size 50x6mm copper 1 No.

may be provided and the earthing stud

shall be capable of withstanding rated

short circuit current and stud design shall

be as per IS-133427 or IEC -200.

32. Bell for Alarm 1 No.

33. Hooter for Alarm 1 No.

34. 3 Pin Socket with switch 1 No.

35. 2 Pin Socket with switch 1 No.

36. Auto Trip Lamp 1 No.

1.20 All equipment’s shall be complete in all respect. All fittings, accessories or

apparatus which may not have been mentioned above but which are

usual/necessary for the equipment’s shall be included for each circuit breaker

panel.

1.21 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS :

Page 19: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/19

The successful tenderers, on receipt of order shall arrange to dispatch

immediately 20 sets of the erection/operating and maintenance instruction

manuals along with the requisite drawings of the equipment’s covered by this

specification to this office for approval. Two sets of these, one set in English and

one in Hindi will also be forwarded to the consignee along with each

equipment.

1.22 TEMPERATURE RISE :

The maximum temperature rise of various parts of the circuit breakers when

tested under rated conditions shall not exceed the specified values at a peak

ambient temperature of 50 deg. c. The breakers may be provided with silver

plated contacts if necessary to meet the requirement of IS:13118 where higher

temperature rise is permitted with silver plating contacts. The quantity of silver

facing shall be such that after carrying out one tenth of the total number of

operations specified for the mechanical endurance test, there is still continuous

layer of silver on the contacts. The temperature rise of CTs and PTs shall also not

exceed the permissible values as per relevant Indian Standards when corrected for

max. ambient temperature at site.

1.23 NAME/RATING PLATE : All items of equipment included in this specification shall be provided with rating

plates as per relevant standards and in addition with following particulars:-

Name & Address of Supplier : Telephone No. : Fax No. : Date of Despatch : Date of Expiry of : Warranty Name of Purchaser : TN No. :

It will be mandatory for the supplier to punch TN No., Sr. No. & Make on

two positions of the circuit breaker panel.

1.24 INSPECTION AND TESTING :

1.24.1 Each equipment shall comply with and shall be subjected to all routine and

acceptance tests prescribed in the relevant Indian Standard Specification/IEC.

1.24.2 TEST OF 36KV INDOOR CIRCUIT BREAKER :

i) ROUTINE/ACCEPTANCE TESTS:

The following acceptance and routine tests shall be got conducted in presence of

purchaser's representative as per stipulation of the relevant standards, on each

unit.

a) One minute power frequency voltage withstand dry test on main circuit.

b) Voltage withstand test on control & auxiliary circuits.

c) Measurement of insulation resistance of main circuit.

d) Mechanical operation test.

e) Design and visual checks.

f) Any other tests not specified above but covered as per amendment/ latest

edition of relevant IS/IEC.

Page 20: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/20

ii) Inspection & tests on control gear :

In addition to the above tests at 3.23.2(i) above specified by IEC, the following shall

also be performed at manufacturer’s works in the presence of purchaser’s

representative after completely assembling the kiosk.

a) Checking wiring of circuits and their contacts.

b) Insulation resistance of complete wiring, circuit by circuit with all equipment

mounted on the panels.

c) Checking and operational protective schedule and instruments meters.

d) Checking of phase faults between R&Y, Y&B and B&R phases. Breaker

should trip under all three conditions.

iii) Temperature Rise test on One No. Breaker in the first offered lot shall also

be done in the presence of the purchaser’s representative.

iv) TYPE TESTS CONDUCTED ON MATERIAL AS PER RELEVANT

STANDARDS : a) Dielectric tests.

i) Lightning Impulse Voltage Test. ii) One Minute Power Frequency Test(Wet & Dry).

b) Short time with stand current and peak withstand current test. c) Basic short circuit duties test. d) Single phase short circuit test.

e) Mechanical Operation Test as per M-2 class. f) Out of phase making & breaking test. g) Capacitive Current Switching Test.

i) Cable Charging Test. ii) Single Capacitor Bank Current Switching Test.

h) Measurement of insulation resistance of main circuit. i) Temperature rise test. j) IP-5X test (for cubicle/control cabinet). k) Any other type tests not specified above but covered as per amendment /

latest edition of relevant IS/IEC

Where permitted in the relevant standard, a test specimen for type test may be a

representative sub-assembly/ a representative functional unit. An individual type

test is acceptable for a change of constructional detail, for any change in the

design/type of type test report and the design/type offered against this

specification, if the manufacturer can demonstrate and purchaser is satisfied that

this change does not influence the result of the individual type test. The bidder may

bring out in offer all such changes made in components, materials, design etc. as

the case may be. The purchaser will interpret the meanings of drawings and

specifications and shall have the power to accept/reject any type test which in his

judgment is/is not in a manner acceptable to him. The decision of Purchase

Committee in this matter shall be final and binding to all.”

3.24.3 The type test reports of Circuit Breakers, Current Transformers, Potential

Transformers, Relays, meters etc. shall be complete in all respect along with

oscillographic records, photographs etc. in respect of all type tests as per relevant

ISS/IEC.

Page 21: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/21

The type test certificates should be in respect of specific make and type / rating

of the Circuit Breakers/ instruments, transformers etc. intended to be supplied

and not in respect of the breakers etc. manufactured by their foreign

collaborators if any.

3.24.4 Routine & acceptance test as per relevant standard shall be carried out on each

equipment covered by this specification in the presence of purchaser's

representative. If so desired by the purchaser all test reports shall be submitted

and got approved from the purchaser before dispatch of the equipment.

Before commencement of supplies one panel complete with Circuit Breaker, VT etc.

will be subjected to temperature rise test in the presence of our Inspecting Officer.

3.24.5 INSPECTION AND TESTS OF CONTROL GEAR :

All the tests (as mentioned at Clause 3.23.2(i)) and Inspection shall be made

at the place of manufacturer unless otherwise especially agreed upon by the

bidder and purchaser at the time of purchase. The bidder shall afford the

inspection officer(s) representing the purchaser all reasonable facilities without

charges, to satisfy him that the material is being furnished in accordance with

this specification. The purchaser has the right to have the tests carried out at

his own cost by an independent agency whenever there is a dispute regarding

the quality of supply.

The Inspection may be carried out by the purchaser at any stage of

manufacture/ before dispatch as per relevant standard.

Inspection and acceptance of any material under the specification by the

purchaser, shall not relieve the bidder of his obligation of furnishing material

in accordance with the specification and shall not prevent subsequent rejection

if the material is found to be defective. The Bidder shall keep the purchaser

informed in advance, about manufacturing programme so that arrangements can

be made for inspection.

The purchaser reserves the right to insist for witnessing the acceptance/ routine

testing of the bought out items.

The Bidder shall give 15 days advance intimation to enable the purchaser to depute

his representative for witnessing the acceptance and routine tests.

3.25 INTER CHANGEABILITY :

All similar materials and removable parts of similar equipments shall be inter

changeable with each other.

3.26 TITLE PLATES:

A Title plate bearing the name & purpose of each panel shall be fixed on the top of

each indoor panel.

3.27 FAULT / TROUBLE ALARM SCHEME :

The automatic trip of the Circuit Breaker due to operation of protection relays shall

be indicated by sounding of a hooter. All non-trip alarms shall be indicated by an

alarm bell.

Page 22: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/22

3.28 MAKE AND TYPE OF BOUGHT OUT ITEMS :

3.32.1 The following make of bought out items will be acceptable to department : ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- S.No. Name of Item Make ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Indicating Instrument AE/IMP/MECO (Analog type) 2. Indicating Instrument AE/IMP/MECO (Digital type) 3. Control Switch for Circuit ALSTOM/RECOM/SWITRON/ Breaker/Trip Transfer. KAYCEE 4. Selector Switch for SWITRON/KAYCEE/RECOM Voltmeter/Ammeter 5. Semaphore Indicator ALSTOM/DAV IND./ER 6. Indicating Lamp ALSTOM/TEKNIC/ VAISHNO/DAV 7. Annaunciator MINILEC/YESHMUN/ INSTALRAM/PROTON/ JVS/PRADEEP/ALAN 8. Push Button TEKNIC/VAISHNO/ESSEN 9. A.C. Hooter/Bell TARGET/INDUSTRIAL HOOTER/ALAN/JVS 10. D.C. Hooter TARGET/INDUSTRIAL HOOTER/ALAN/JVS 11. Heater SOFIA/ELTER/AIREX/KAYCEE 12. Link Type test terminal IMP/CAPITAL block for testing of TVM 13. CFL Tube PHILIPS/CROMPTON/BAJAJ 14. 2 Pin/3 Pin socket with ISI MARK Switch (5/15A) 15. Relays Areva/ABB/Easun Reyrolle/ C&S JVS/SEL/ASHIDA/MEGAWIN 16. HT TVM Secure/L&T/ABB/Elster/Schlumberger

Other makes shall also acceptable if it is of "ISI MARK" or type tested for which

tenderers shall furnish attested photo state copies of ISI Certificate/type test

report not older than 5 years for the respective make offered with the prior

approval of SE(MM) JVVNL, Jaipur.

3.32.2 Make / type of each relay, indicating instruments, integrating instruments,

control switches, selector switches, indicating lamps, semaphore

indicators, enunciator scheme, bell, hooter etc. shall be clearly and invariably

indicated in the GTP (Guaranteed Technical Particulars), bill of material and unit

price list. Only specific make accessories shall be indicated. The word

"EQUIVALENT/REPUTED MAKE" will not be given for consideration.

Page 23: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/23

3.33 BILL OF MATERIAL :

The firm shall furnish the bill of material for Indoor VCB Panel separately.

3.35 Desirable Features Required for Safety and Smooth functioning of the

Circuit Breaker:

As these breakers are to be installed inside the control room therefore the features

related with the operators safety is of the paramount importance.

A) Vacuum Circuit Breaker :

i) The VCB shall be totally drawn out type with racking gears with distinct test &

service positions. The contact wipe shall be independent of the manual

intervention.

ii) The movement of VCB shall be duly interlocked so that it can not be racked in to

service position in pre closed condition & it is not possible to rack out from

service position in pre closed condition. Any attempt to close the VCB into

intermediate position shall be blocked by sustained mechanical tripped command

overriding on to the mechanism to avoid closure of the contacts of VCB. Any

attempt to cause the movement of VCB shall initiate the tripping of a VCB and

only thereafter the movement shall be facilitated.

iii) The mechanism shall be trip free type with inherent capability of O-CO operation.

iv) The Auxiliary switch shall be 8 N/O + 8 NC contacts.

v) keeping in view on unmanned substation and grid complexity, the rated operating

sequence shall be of rapid auto-reclosing duty as O-0.3sec-CO-3min-CO.

vi) In view of frequent operations encountered in the distribution system, it is highly

beneficial to Nigam to opt for M2 Class mechanism (suitable for 10000

mechanical endurance operations as per latest IEC-62271-100) as against M1

Class mechanism (suitable for 2000 mechanical endurance operations) which will

give long trouble free performance, thus saving huge life cycle costs in terms of

maintenance and man power cost.

vii) The Circuit Breaker should be design in such a manner that there should be

proper metal compartmentalization of the various circuit breaker parts such as

breaker chamber, Bus bar chamber & Cable chamber.

viii) Test and service position limit switches shall be provided.

ix) The provision is made to avoid accidental contact & access to the high electrically

stressed area by providing appropriate touch to safe metal screens when the VCB

is posed into service position inside the cubical.

x) No separate VCB handling trolley shall be required to insert the VCB inside the

panel. The VCB shall be floor rolling type.

xi) The VCB is provided with proper interlock for the secondary isolating plug &

socket type contacts so that it is not possible to insert the VCB from the test to

service position unless the secondary plug socket is connected & it is not possible

to remove the secondary plug socket into intermediate position & in service

Page 24: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/24

position. This interlock as per IEC 60298 is an inherent part of the VCB & panel

design.

xii) The vacuum interrupter is housed into epoxy pole unit to have better

environmental protection & safe operation under the fatal conditions. The bellow

for the VI shall be of stainless steel.

xiii) The insulation used shall be non hygroscopic & non deformable type and it is free

from any partial discharges when exposed to sustain over voltages.

xiv) The VCB shall be completely type tested as IEC 62271-100/200 or ISS

xv) The VCB shall be Tested for E2, M2, C2 test duties.

1. B) VCB Panel features :

i) The panel shall be totally dust and vermin proof & has degree of protection –

IP5X.

ii) The operating instruments like switches etc shall be placed at height less

than 1900mm.

iii) The total height of the panel should not exceed more than 2700mm and

width 1200mm.

iv) The panel is designed totally on air clearances basis with no dependency on

the external shrouds & add on insulations.

v) The panel shall have epoxy spout insulators between the bus bar & VCB

chamber to have proper compartmentalization.

vi) The bus risers shall be epoxy coated and is integral part of the spout

bushings.

vii) Entire bus bar compartment is provided with solid insulation scheme to have

less dependency on the inter phase barriers.

viii) The panel shall have rigid sheet steel construction for better stability and

shall be self standing without the external bracings. The sheet thickness

should not less than 3mm.

ix) The panel is designed to have gravity operated self resetting type pressure

relief flaps to have internal arc fault proof design.

x) The panel is having integral foundation frame.

xi) The CT’s shall be top terminal CT’s and mounted on the panel base frame to

facilitate easy mounting and sevicibilty.

xii) Adequate cable termination space of around 700mm shall be provided with

facility to terminate 3 cables of 3CX400 sq. mm size.

xiii) Panel is provided with independently operating insulated type non metallic

shutters with pad locking facility. The shutters shall automatically operate

with the VCB trolley movement.

xiv) The panel shall be provided with draw out type of 3 No. single phase PT’s.

xv) The multi-core cable entry can be provided optimally from front or rear side

of the panel. Cable entry from LH/RH side through self standing side cable

boxes.

Page 25: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/25

Desirable Features for Relay :

i) Numerical 3 over current and Earth fault relay with instant trip.

ii) Instantaneous Over-Current Protection with adjustable timer.

iii) Breaker Failure detection.

iv) In-built CB Trip Circuit Supervision function during pre closing and post

closing of CB.

v) DC supervision.

vi) Disturbance Recorder. Up 1 sec of actual waveform of current along with

logical and physical status, are captured & saved in the built-in memory with

date time stamping, for analyzing fault condition & fault location.

vii) Fully communicable with IEC standard open protocol.

viii) Separate Communication Port for SCADA (RS485) as well as Local testing

(RS232C)

ix) Very low burden on CT (less than 0.5VA)

x) Continuous monitoring of module’s internal hardware and alarm generation

in case of failure of any critical components.

xi) Facility to synchronized Relay time from SCADA

xii) 5 Digital Output contacts for local alarm as well as tele-signalling.

Page 26: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/26

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR 36 KV OUTDOOR

VACUUM CIRCUIT BREAKERS

1. SCOPE : This specification is intended to cover the design, manufacture, assembly, testing

at manufacturer's works, supply, delivery, installation & commissioning of 36 KV

Outdoor Vacuum Circuit Breakers Complete with all materials and accessories for

efficient and trouble free operation.

1.1 It is not the intent to specify completely herein all details of the design and

construction of equipment’s. However, the equipment shall conform in all respects to

high standards of engineering, design and workmanship and shall be capable of

performing in continuous commercial operation upto the Bidder's guarantee in a

manner acceptable to the Purchaser, who will interpret the meanings of drawings

and specifications and shall have the power to reject any work or material which

in his judgment is not in accordance therewith. The offered equipment shall be

complete with all components necessary for its effective and trouble free

operation along with associated equipments, interlocks, protection schemes etc.

Such components shall be deemed to be within the scope of supply, irrespective

of whether those are specifically brought out in this specification and/or the

commercial order or not.

2.0 STANDARDS :

2.1 The circuit breaker shall conform to the latest revisions with amendments

available at the time of testing of relevant standards, rules and codes, some of

which are listed herein for ready reference:-.

IS:13118/IS-3427/ IS:10118 (Part-III) – 1982/ IS:2165-1977/ IS:3716-1976/ IEC-62271-100/ IEC-62271-200 (with latest amendments)

Circuit Breaker/ metal enclosed Switchgear and control gear.

IS: 3156 Voltage transformers. IS: 2705 Current transformers. IS: 3231 Electrical Relays for power system. IS:1248 Meters and Instruments IS:14697-1999 Specification for AC static transformer operated watt hour

and VAR hour meters class 0.2 S & 0.5 S. IEC-62053-22-2003 IEC-62052-11-2003

Specification for AC Static Watt hour Meters, class 0.2 S & 0.5 S.

CBIP Technical Report No.88 revised July, 1996 read with amendment issued (April,99, September,99 and also any other amendment thereafter).

Specification for AC Static Electrical Energy Meter.

2.2 Equipment meeting with the requirements of any other authoritative standards,

which ensure equal or better quality than the standard mentioned above shall also

be acceptable. If the equipment offered by the Bidder conforms to any other

standard adopted and the specific standards shall be clearly brought out in

Page 27: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/27

relevant schedule. Four copies of such standards with authentic English

Translations, shall be furnished along with the offer.

3. CLIMATIC CONDITIONS : Equipment to be supplied against this specification shall be suitable for satisfactory

continuous operation under the following tropical conditions :-

i) Peak ambient air temperature 50 DEG C in shade. ii) Minimum ambient air temperature (-) 5 DEG C in shade iii) Maximum relative humidity. 95 % iv) Minimum relative humidity 10 % v) Dust storms are liable to occur during the period from March to July vi) Height above mean sea level less than 1000M vii) Average number of thunder 40 DAYS storm days per annum. viii) Average annual rainfall 10-100 cm (Depending on area) ix) Number of months of tropical 4 monsoon conditions p.a. Note :

Climate may be moderately hot and humid tropical conducive to rust and

fungus growth. The climatic conditions are also prone to wide variations in

ambient conditions. Smoke is also present in the atmosphere. Heavy lightning

also occurs during June to October.

4. PRINCIPAL PARAMETERS OF CIRCUIT BREAKERS :

4.1 TYPE AND RATING 36 KV 4.1.1 Type Vacuum Circuit Breaker 4.1.2 Service Outdoor 4.1.3 Pole 3 4.1.4 Rated voltage 33/36 KV (nominal/max.) 4.1.5 Rated frequency 50 Hz 4.1.6 System Neutral Effectively earthing grounded. 4.1.7 INSULTATION LEVEL 4.1.7.1 Impulse withstand voltage 170 KVp 4.1.7.2 One minute power 70 KV rms frequency withstand voltage. 4.1.8 Rated Current 4.1.8.1 Continuous at 50 C. 1250 A 4.1.8.2 Short time current 25 kA for 3 Sec. 4.1.9 Rated Breaking Capacity 4.1.9.1 Symmetrical 25 KA 4.1.9.2 Asymmetrical As per relevant standard

Page 28: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/28

4.1.10 Rated making capacity 2.5 x 25 KA 4.1.11 Rated short time with 25 KA stand current for 3 secs. 4.1.12 a) Total break time 3 cycles(Max.) b) Total closing time 4 cycles (Max.) 4.1.13 Creepage distance 900 mm or more 4.1.14 Mounting. Steel Pedestal. 4.1.15 Operating duty For gang operation O-0.3Sec.-CO-3min-CO 4.1.16 Operating Mechanism Motor operated Spring charged closing mechanism or magnetic actuator. 4.1.17 Auxiliary voltage. 110 VDC 4.1.17.1 Spring charging Motor 230V/415V AC 4.1.17.2 Heater/Lamp/Socket. 230V AC 4.1.18 Terminal Connector 4.1.18.1 Type Bimetallic/ Alluminium Alloy Type clamp suitable for both horizontal /vertical take off 4.1.18.2 Suitable for 10% Panther and ACSR Conductor 90% Dog Conductor 4.2 System details 4.2.1 H.V. System Voltage (Nominal/Max.) 33 KV /36 KV Phases 3 System Neutral Effectively earthed. Fault level 25 KA rms Symmetrical 4.2.2 Auxiliary power Supply 4.2.2.1 A.C. Supply 1. 415 volts 3 ph 4 W 50 Hz 2. 230V 1 Ph 2 W 50 Hz 4.2.2.2 D.C.Supply 110 V 2 wire. 4.3 Supply point. 4.3.1 Auxiliary power supplies listed above will be made available to each circuit breaker

as below :

AC supply. Single feeder.

Page 29: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/29

DC supply. Single feeder. 4.3.2 Isolating switch fuse unit shall be provided at the circuit breaker for each incoming

supply. For DC supply double pole throw switch shall be provided.

5. GENERAL TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS :

5.1 DESIGN CRITERIA : The 36 KV Outdoor VCBs shall be conforming to M-2 Class. The equipment will be

used in high voltage system having characteristics as listed in the

specification. The equipment will be installed outdoor in a hot, humid and tropical

atmosphere. All equipment, accessories and wiring shall have tropical protection,

involving special treatment of metal and insulation against fungus, insects and

corrosion.

The maximum temperature in any part of the equipment at specified rating shall

not exceed the permissible limits as stipulated in the relevant standards even at

an ambient temperature of 50 Deg.C.

The equipment shall be capable of withstanding the dynamic and thermal

stresses of listed short circuit current without any damage or deterioration.

The safety clearances of all live parts of the equipment shall be as per relevant

standards.

5.2 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS :

5.2.1 The circuit breaker shall be for outdoor installation, three pole vacuum type,

having internal isolation without any sequential interlock.

The duty of the circuit breaker shall involve satisfactory interruption of short

circuit currents as listed in the specification.

5.2.2 CONSTRUCTIONAL FEATURE :

Each circuit breaker shall comprise three identical poles, complete with a gang

operated mechanism for specified duty.

All these poles of circuit breaker shall be linked together electrically and

mechanically for specified duty.

The circuit breaker units shall be complete with operating mechanism and

other accessories and materials to ensure complete assembly and proper

functioning. The following features should be ensured:-

a) Hinges of door shall be concealed type to avoid rusting and obstructive

opening of the door. However, in case hinges are made of brass, then same

may or may not be of concealed type.

b) The quality of welding shall be good and there should not be any lumps and

splatters on the panel”.

c) All the connecting bus bar and current carrying parts shall be made of

copper.

d) All the gasket shall be of chemically treated neoprene.

e) Hole & Pin locking (Check nut) arrangement should also be provided while

fixing the vacuum interrupter at bottom side.

Page 30: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/30

f) The vacuum interrupter should be housed in Epoxy Pole/ Porcelain bushing

units and make of Vacuum Interrupter is required to be from BEL, CGL,

SIEMENS, ABB/ ALSTOM/AREVA/MEGAWIN..

5.2.3 BUS BAR, MAIN CONTACTS AND ARC QUENCHING CHAMBER :

The busses within the cubical shall be of high conductivity electrolyte grade

copper. The Bus bar joints shall be silver plated and bolted in such a manner

that initial contact pressure around the square headed high tensile bolt will

remain substantially undiminished at all temperature upto rated full load

temperature. The Bus support and bushings shall be of epoxy resin cast type.

All drop off from main bus to VCB and VCB to bushing terminations shall be

suitable for current rating of circuit breaker . All the bus bar shall be sleeved

with heat shrinkable sleeves of 36 KV voltage level (Insulated for a service

voltage of 36 KV) and bus bar shall be shrouded wherever possible. All the bus

bar joints shall be shrouded and where shrouding is not possible, it shall be

taped with HV self amalgamation tape. All the tap off bus bar connections inside

panel and PT jumpers shall be sleeved with HT heat shrinkable sleeves. Special

care shall be taken in the design of bus bar system to provide for thermal

expansion and to minimize the chances of bus fault. Bimetallic washers shall be

provided at the joints of two different metal surfaces.

The main contacts shall have adequate area and contact pressure for

carrying rated continuous and short time current without excessive

heating liable to cause pitting and welding.

The tips of the arcing and main contacts shall be heavily silver plated (Min. 40

microns) or made of copper chromium alloy.

The contacts shall be adjustable to allow for wear, shall be easily replaceable

and shall have minimum movable parts and adjustments.

The arc quenching device shall be of robust construction and shall not require

any critical, adjustment. The devices shall be easily accessible and

removable for access to the breaker contacts.

5.2.4 AUXILIARY CONTACTS :

Each breaker shall be provided with eight normally open & eight normally closed

electrically separate auxiliary contacts. These shall be in addition to those

required for its own operation and indication.

The auxiliary contacts shall be convertible type so that normally open contacts

can be converted into normally close contact and vice versa at site.

The auxiliary contacts shall be rated 10A at 240V AC and 4A at 110 V DC.

5.2.5 INTERLOCK :

All electrical and mechanical interlocks which are necessary for safe and

satisfactory operation of the circuit breaker shall be furnished.

5.2.6 INSULATOR :

Page 31: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/31

Insulator shall be wet process porcelain, brown glazed and free from all

blemishes. Metal parts and hardware shall be hot dip galvanised/ aluminium

anodized.

Insulator shall have adequate mechanical strength and rigidity to withstand the

duty involved.

When operated at maximum system voltage, there shall be no electrical discharge.

Shielding rings, if necessary, shall be provided.

Insulation shall be coordinated with basic impulse level of the system. The

creepage distance shall correspond to heavily polluted atmosphere.

The bushing shall not be subjected to direct point loading. They shall be provided

with neck around clamps for evenly distributed pressure.

The bushing shall be mounted using suitable clamps and gasket arrangement to

provide required degree of protection.

The bushing assembly shall be provided with lock nut and check nut which will be

non-magnetic and non-corrosive.

The provision shall be kept on roof bushing assembly to adopt arcing horn.

The lifting arrangement shall not cause any effective loss of creepage distance/

phase to earth clearances as specified in the ISS/IEC.

5.2.7 OPERATING MECHANISM :

Operating mechanism shall be spring operated with anti pumping and trip

free features, complete with shunt trip coils. All three breaker poles shall operate

simultaneously. Circuit breakers shall have provision so as to be suitable for three

phase auto reclosing. In case of spring closing mechanism, no main spring of the

mechanism shall be plated, powder coated or given any other treatment, so that

spring property is not lost. The motor shall be universal type suitable for

220/240V. Spring Charge Indication Lamp shall be provided.

The mechanism shall be designed for electrical control from remote as well as

local position. In addition to this, local manual trip button shall be provided.

Operation counter and mechanical ON-OFF indicator shall be provided.

5.2.8 CONTROL CUBICLE :

A common control cubicle shall be furnished to house electricals, controls,

monitoring devices and all other accessories except those which must be

located on individual poles. The cubicle shall be IP-55 of gasketed

weatherproof construction, fabricated from sheet steel minimum 3 mm thick.

The cubicle shall have front access door with lock and keys, and removable gland

plate at the bottom for owner's cable entry. Thermostat controlled space heater,

internal illumination lamp 3 pin 5 A socket with individual ON-OFF switches shall be

provided in the cubicle.

For local operation following shall be provided :

a) Local/Remote selector switch.

b) Trip normal close control switches with pistol grip handle.

Page 32: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/32

All electrical, mechanical connections between the control cubicle and individual

poles shall be furnished.

5.2.9 WIRING

Wiring shall be complete in all respects to ensure proper functioning of the

control, protection, monitoring and interlocking schemes.

Wiring shall be done with flexible 650V grade, PVC insulated, switch board

wires with 2.5 sq.mm stranded copper conductor. Wiring between individual poles

and control cubicle shall be routed through G.I. conduits.

Each wire shall be identified at both ends with permanent markers bearing wire

numbers as per wiring diagram.

Wire termination shall be done with crimping type connectors with insulating

sleeves. Wires shall not be spliced between terminals.

All spare contacts of relays, push buttons, auxiliary switches etc. shall be wired up

to terminal blocks in the control cubicle.

5.2.10 TERMINAL BLOCKS :

Terminal blocks shall be 650 V grade, box clamp type ELMEX 10 sq.mm or

approved equal. Not more than two wires shall be connected to any terminal.

Spare terminals equal in number to 20% of active terminals shall be

furnished.

Terminal blocks shall be located to allow easy access. Wiring shall be so

arranged that individual wires of an external cable can be connected to

consecutive terminals.

5.2.11 TYPE OF MOUNTING :

The circuit breaker shall be suitable for mounting on fabricated galvanised steel

pedestal which shall be supplied along with the breakers. CT mounting bracket

will also be supplied along with the breaker and shall be galvanised.

5.2.12 TERMINAL CONNECTORS :

1250 Amp. current rating terminal connectors of the circuit breakers suitable

for connecting to ACSR Panther and Dog Conductor shall be supplied along with the

breakers. Suitable earth connectors for earthing connections shall also be supplied

with the circuit breakers. The terminal connectors shall conform to relevant

standard IS-5561.

5.3 FITTING AND ACCESSORIES :

Each circuit breaker shall be furnished complete with fittings and accessories as

listed below :

5.3.1 Clamp type bimetallic/Alluminium Alloy terminal connectors suitable for ACSR

Panther and Dog Conductor suitable both for horizontal & vertical take off.

5.3.2 Two ground pads suitable for termination of 50 x 6 mm flats.

5.3.3 Complete mounting steel pedestal along with CT mounting bracket.

5.3.4 Operating mechanism, double tripping coils and closing coil.

5.3.5 Auxiliary contacts and relays.

5.3.6 Local/remote selector switch, trip normal close control pistol control switch.

Page 33: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/33

5.3.7 Manual tripping devices with protective flap for VCB's only mechanical ON-OFF

indicator.

5.3.8 Operation counter.

5.3.9 Weather proof outdoor type control cubicle and pole boxes. Set of switch fuse

units for AC and DC supply.

5.3.10 Space heater with thermostat and ON-OFF switch.

5.3.11 Cubicle illumination lamps with ON-OFF switch.

5.3.12 3 Pin 5A socket with ON-OFF switch.

5.3.13 Terminal blocks and internal wiring - lot as required.

5.3.14 Set of prefabricated pipe, fittings, clamps, hardware, interconnecting wires/cables

etc. for connection between control cubicle and pole boxes as may be required to

complete.

5.3.15 Interconnecting wires, GI conduits and accessories for connection between

control cubicle and pole boxes.

5.3.16 Other standard accessories which are not specifically mentioned but are

required to be supplied with breakers of similar type and rating for efficient and

trouble free operation.

5.4 PAINTING & FINISHING

All interiors and exteriors of switchgear enclosure, breaker mechanism etc shall be

finished and painted to produce a neat, fire resistant and durable surface which

would prevent rusting and corrosion. Sheet metal component shall be pre-treated

using 7 tank phosphating process consisting of de-greasing, acid pickling, de-

rusting, phosphating and passivation including repeated rinsing in between. On

completion of the passivation of the components, they shall be preheated and then

epoxy power coated or treated with one coat of primer & zinc chromate and

finished with two coats of light gray enamel paint of shade 631 of IS 5 and stoved

to achieve excellent anti-rusting and scratch resistant properties. The thickness of

painting shall be around 60 microns.

6.0 TESTS:

6.1 TEST BEFORE DESPATCH : The 36 KV circuit breakers and accessories shall be

subjected to the following tests as per relevant IS/IEC before dispatch at

manufacture's works ,.

A) ROUTINE TESTS ON EACH UNIT AS PER RELEVANT STANDARDS :

(i) One minute power frequency voltage withstand dry

test on main circuit.

(ii) Voltage withstand test on control & auxiliary

circuits.

(iii) Measurement of the resistance of main circuit.

(iv) Mechanical operating test as per M-2 class.

(v) Design and visual checks.

B) TYPE TESTS CONDUCTED ON ONE UNIT OF EACH RATING

AS PER RELEVANT STANDARDS:

Page 34: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/34

(i) Dielectric tests.

a) Lightning Impulse Voltage Test.

b) One Minute Power Frequency Test (Wet & Dry).

(ii) Short time withstand current and peak withstand

current test.

(iii) Basic short circuit duties test.

(iv) Single phase short circuit test.

(v) Mechanical Operation Test as per M-2 class.

(vi) Out of phase making & breaking test.

(vii) Capacitive current switching test.

a) Cable Charging Test.

b) Single Capacitor Bank Current Switching Test.

(viii) Measurement of resistance of main circuit.

(ix) Temp. rise test.

(x) Environmental Tests:

a) High Temperature Test as per clause No. 6.101.3.4 of IEC:62271-100

OR

a) Documenting satisfactory circuit-breaker field experience in at least one

location with ambient air temperatures frequently at or above the specified

maximum ambient air temperature of 50 °C.

(xi) IP-55 test (for cubical/control cabinet).

(xii) Any other type tests not specified above but

covered as per amendment/latest edition of relevant IS/IEC.

6.2 TYPE TESTS :

The successful bidder must furnish type test reports.

Where permitted in the relevant standard, a test specimen for type test may be a

representative sub-assembly/ a representative functional unit. An individual type

test is acceptable for a change of constructional detail, for any change in the

design/type of type test report and the design/type of offered against this

specification, if the manufacturer can demonstrate and purchaser is satisfied that

this change does not influence the result of the individual type test. The bidder may

bring out in their offer all such changes made in components, materials, design etc.

as the case may be. The purchaser will interpret the meanings of drawings and

specifications and shall have the power to accept/reject any type test report which

in his judgment is/is not in a manner acceptable to him. The decision of Purchase

Committee in this matter shall be final and binding to all.

6.3 TEST ON BOUGHT OUT ITEMS :

Tests are not required to be performed on bought out equipments/items like

motor, terminal connector, CTs, PTs, Relays, Meters etc. at the works of

manufacturer. Furnishing Test Certificate of these items from the original

equipment manufacturers shall be deemed to be satisfactory evidence.

Page 35: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/35

Inspection of the tests at Sub-contractors works will be arranged by the

supplier whenever required.

6.4 ROUTINE/ACCEPTANCE TESTS :

(i) The following acceptance and routine tests shall be got conducted in presence

of purchaser's representative as per stipulation of the relevant standards, on

each unit.

a) One minute power frequency voltage withstand dry test on main circuit.

b) Voltage withstand test on control & auxiliary circuits.

c) Measurement of the resistance of main circuit.

d) Mechanical operating test as per M-2 class.

e) Design and visual checks

f) Any other test not specified above but covered as per amendment/latest

edition of relevant IS/IEC.

6.5 TOLERANCE ON TEST RESULTS :

As per relevant standards/specification.

6.6 TEST AT SITE :

The purchaser reserves the right to conduct all tests on 36 KV circuit breakers after

arrival at site and the contractor shall guarantee test certificate figures under

actual service conditions.

7.0 INSPECTION :

All the tests (as mentioned at Clause 6.4) and Inspection shall be made at the

place of manufacturer unless otherwise especially agreed upon by the bidder and

purchaser at the time of purchase. The bidder shall afford the inspection officer(s)

representing the purchaser all reasonable facilities without charges, to satisfy him

that the material is being furnished in accordance with this specification. The

purchaser has the right to have the tests carried out at his own cost by an

independent agency whenever there is a dispute regarding the quality of supply.

The Inspection may be carried out by the purchaser at any stage of manufacture/

before dispatch as per relevant standard.

Inspection and acceptance of any material under the specification by the

purchaser, shall not relieve the bidder of his obligation of supplying material in

accordance with the specification and shall not prevent subsequent rejection if the

material is found to be defective. The Bidder shall keep the purchaser informed in

advance, about manufacturing programme so that arrangements can be made for

inspection.

The purchaser reserves the right to insist for witnessing the acceptance/ routine

testings of the bought out items.

The Bidder shall give 15 days advance intimation to enable the purchaser to

depute his representative for witnessing the acceptance and routine tests.

Page 36: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/36

8.0 DOCUMENTATION :

8.1 All drawings shall conform to International Standards Organization (ISO) `A',

series of drawing sheet / specification, Standards specification IEC-56/IS-13118 &

relevant standards. All drawings shall be in ink and suitable for micro filming. All

dimensions and data shall be in S.I Units.

8.2 List of drawings and documents :

The successful bidder shall furnish four sets of following drawings along with his

offer.

a) General outline and assembly drawings of the equipment.

b) Graphs showing the performance of equipment’s in regard to

magnetisation characteristics.

c) Sectional views showing -

i) General Constructional features.

ii) the materials/ gaskets /sealings used.

iii) the insulation, the winding arrangements, method of connection of the

primary/secondary winding to the primary/ secondary terminals etc.

iv) porcelain used and its dimensions along with the mechanical and electrical

characteristics.

d) arrangement of terminal's and details of connection studs provided.

e) Name / Rating Plate

f) Schematic Wiring drawing with write up.

g) Type test reports in case the equipment has already

been type tested.

h) Test reports, literature, pamphlets of the bought out items, and raw material.

All items of equipment included in this specification shall be provided with rating

plates as per relevant standards and in addition with following particulars :

i) Name & Address of Supplier

ii) Telephone No.

iii) Fax No.

iv) Date of Despatch

v) Date of Expiry of Warranty

vi) Name of Purchaser

vii) TN No.

8.3 The manufacturing of the equipments shall be strictly in accordance with the

approved drawings and no deviation shall be permitted without the written

approval of the purchaser. All manufacturing and fabrication work in connection

with the equipment prior to the approval of the drawing shall be at the supplier's

risk.

8.4 Approval of drawings/work by purchaser shall not relieve the supplier of his

responsibility and liability for ensuring correctness and correct interpretation of

the drawings for meeting the requirement of the latest revision of applicable

standards, rules and codes of practices. The equipment shall conform in all

Page 37: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/37

respects to high standards of engineering, design, workmanship and latest

revisions of relevant standards at the time of ordering and purchaser shall have

the power to reject any work or materials which, in his judgments is not in full

accordance therewith.

9.0 PACKING AND FORWARDING :

9.1 The equipments shall be packed in crates suitable for vertical/horizontal

transport as the case may be, and suitable to withstand handling during

transport and outdoor storage during transit. The supplier shall be

responsible for any damage to the equipment during transit, due to

improper and inadequate packing. The easily damageable material shall be

carefully packed and marked with the appropriate caution symbol.

Wherever necessary, proper arrangement for lifting, such as lifting hooks etc.

shall be provided. Any material found short inside the packing cases shall

be supplied by supplier without any extra cost.

9.2 Each consignment shall be accompanied with a detailed packing list containing

the following information:

a) Name of the consignee.

b) Details of consignment

c) Destination

d) Total weight of consignment.

e) Sign showing upper/lower side of the crate.

f) Handling and unpacking instructions.

g) Bill of material indicating contents of each package.

9.3 The supplier shall ensure that the packing list and bill of material are approved by the

purchaser before dispatch.

10.0 Optional Spares :

The bidder shall also recommend optional spares that will be required for

breakers along with their total and unit prices. However, the prices of optional

spares will not be considered for bid evaluation.

11.0 OPTIONAL TOOLS AND TACKLES :

The bidder shall also recommend optional tools and tackle that be required for

general maintenance and operation of circuit breakers, along with their total and

unit prices.

However, the prices of these tools and tackle shall not be considered for bid

evaluation.

13.0 PERFORMANCE WARRANTY PERIOD :

The performance warranty period shall be 5 (Five) years from the date of receipt of

equipment along with all accessories.

Page 38: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/38

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF 12 KV INDOOR TYPE

VACUUM CIRCUIT BREAKERS AGAINST

1.0 SCOPE :

This specification covers the design, manufacture, assembly, testing at

manufacturer's works before dispatch, supply, delivery of 3 pole, 50 Hz, 12 KV

switchgear and control gear panels for indoor installation fitted with 12 KV vacuum circuit

breakers including voltage transformers, current transformers, metering instruments,

protection relays etc. as per schedule of requirement and installation & commissioning by

the supplier as per Schedule-III (Part-B). The power system is with neutral solidly earthed.

The equipment offered shall be safe, reliable and compact to install. The workmanship shall

be of high order. The circuit breaker and protective devices shall be of latest design so as

to ensure rapid and efficient interruption of fault current, low arc energy, small arcing

time, complete phase segregation and freedom from fire hazards.

1.1 STANDARDS :

The circuit breaker/metal enclosed switchgear, Voltage transformers, current

transformers and all other equipment shall also comply with the requirement of latest

edition of relevant Indian standards. Deviation from the standards and this specification if

any, should be brought out in the tender and justified. Voltage transformer and

current transformers shall be mounted within the panels. The governing standard shall

be :

S.

No.

IS/IEC

Reference

Specification

1. IEC-60298 A.C. Metal – enclosed and control gear for rated voltages

above 1KV and including 72.5KV

2. IS-3427 A.C. Metal – enclosed and control gear for rated voltages

above 1KV and including 52KV.

3. IS-8623 Specification for Low Voltage Switchgear and Control gear

assemblies.

4. IS-13118// IEC-

62271-100/ IEC-

62271-200

Specification for High Voltage AC Circuit Breakers.

5. IEC-60529 Degrees of Protection.

6. IS-5578 & 11353 Making and arrangement for switchgear bus bar main

connections and auxiliary wiring.

7. IS-325 Specification for 3 Phase Induction motors.

8. IS-2629 Recommended practice for not dip galvanizing of iron and

steel.

9. IEC-60137 Bushing for AC Voltages.

Page 39: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/39

10. IS-3347 Porcelain Transformer Bushings.

11. IS-5561 Terminal Connectors

12. IS-3156 Voltage Transformers

13. IS-2705 Current Transformers

14. IS-3231 Electric relays for power protection.

15. IS-13779 Static Energy Meters

16. IS-8686 Static Protection Relays

17. IS-1248 Electrical measuring instruments

18. IS-2099 High Voltage Porcelain Bushings.

19. IS-10118 Minimum clearances for Outdoor Switchgear.

20. IEC-60694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control

gear.

21. IEC-60255 &

IEC-61330

Numerical Relays

Equipments conforming to any other internationally accepted standard(s) which

ensure(s) equal or better quality than the standard(s) mentioned above would also

be accepted. In case the tenderers wish to offer equipment conforming to

other standards or alternative offer which tenderer considers advisable by reason

of his own manufacturing requirement and experience would be acceptable provided

descriptive matter, literature and complete certificates are submitted pointing out

that the equipment/devices/arrangements as offered are equal or superior to that

required by the accompanying specification with full justification. They shall

furnish English translation of the relevant standards where the equipment

conforms to any other standards. Salient points of difference between the

standards adopted and those mentioned above shall be brought out.

1.2 a) PARTICULARS OF SYSTEM :

i) Nominal system voltage : 11 KV ii) Highest system voltage : 12 KV iii) Frequency : 50 Hz iv) No. of phases : 03 v) Neutral earthing : Effectively earthed b) SERVICE CONDITIONS :

The equipment should operate satisfactorily under the climatic conditions

specified in this specification. The reference maximum ambient Air temperature

may be taken as 50 Deg. C. as against 40 Deg. C. The permissible temperature

rise for various equipments offered should therefore be derated accordingly.

1.2.1 CLIMATIC CONDITIONS: i) Peak ambient air temperature

in shade. 50 DEG C

ii) Minimum ambient air temperature

Page 40: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/40

in shade. (-) 5 DEG C

iii) Maximum relative humidity 95%

iv) Minimum relative humidity 10%

v) Dust storms are liable to occur

from the period from March to July.

vi) Height above mean sea level Less than 1000M

vii) Average number of thunder 40 Days

storm days per annum.

viii) Average annual rainfall 10-100 cm

(Depending on area)

ix) Number of months of tropical

monsoon conditions p.a. June to Sept.

1.3 PRINCIPAL PARAMETERS

1.3.1 CIRCUIT BREAKERS :

a) Rating and characteristics of circuit breakers : 1. No. of poles : 3 2. Class : Indoor 3. Rated voltage : 12 KV 4. Rated insulation level a) Lightning impulse voltage : 75 KV (Peak) b) One minute power frequency : As per relevant standards. withstand voltage. 5. Rated frequency : 50 Hz 6. Rated normal current : 630 A 7. Short circuit breaking capacity : 16 KA 8. Short time withstand current : 16 KA for 3 secs. 9. First pole to clear factor : 1.5 10. Protection class : IP 5X 11. Maximum opening time : 5 Cycles 12. Rated operating sequence : 0-0.3Sec.-CO-3min-CO 13. Minimum operations at full : 100 rated short circuit breaking current. 14. Rated Breaking Capacity i) Symmetrical : 16 KA ii) Asymmetrical : As per ISS 15. Rated making capacity : 2.50x16 KA 16. Operating Mechanism : Motor operated Spring

charged closing mechanism or magnetic actuator. 17. Heater/Lamp/Socket : 240 V A/C 18. Control Voltage : 110V DC

b) Characteristics of the operating mechanism of Circuit breaker and associated equipment :

i) Method of operation : The circuit breakers shall be equipped with power

operated mechanism to operate all the three phases simultaneously using

220/240V universal motors operated spring closing mechanism or magnetic

actuator. The circuit breakers shall also be provided with hand operated

spring closing mechanism or magnetic actuator. The Circuit Breaker shall have

electrical and mechanical tripping arrangements under various conditions. In case

of spring closing mechanism no main spring of the mechanism shall be plated,

powder coated or given any other treatment so that spring property is not lost.

Page 41: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/41

ii) Number and type of spare, auxiliary switches : Adequate number of spare

auxiliary switches/ contacts both of normally open and normally close type but

not less than four each shall be provided on the circuit breaker for use in the

indication and controlling scheme of the circuit breaker.

iii)Rated supply voltage and rated supply frequency : The rated voltage for the

auxiliary supply shall be 240 V, 50 Hz AC supply.

1.3.2 DESIGN CRITERIA

The bidder shall quote 12 KV Indoor VCBs conforming to M-2 Class.

The equipment will be used in high voltage system having characteristics as listed

in the specification. The equipment will be installed indoor in a hot, humid and

tropical atmosphere.

All equipment, accessories and wiring shall have tropical protection, involving

special treatment of metal and insulation against fungus, insects and corrosion.

The maximum temperature in any part of the equipment at specified rating shall not

exceed the permissible limits as stipulated in the relevant standards and this

specification.

The equipment shall be capable of withstanding the dynamic and thermal

stresses of listed short circuit current without any damage or deterioration.

The safety clearances of all live parts of the equipment shall be as per relevant

standards.

1.3.3 CONSTRUCTIONAL FEATURES : The circuit breakers shall be triple pole metal clad truck mounted horizontal draw

out type enclosed in cubicle made of CRCA sheet steel of minimum 2 mm

thickness and shall comply with latest edition of relevant IS. The cubicle/panels

shall be vermin proof and dust tight. The cubicle shall be of folded type

construction. Panel width shall be 610 mm. ± 50 mm. The switchgears and

control gear shall be complete with all necessary supporting frame work, nuts

and bolts etc. for securing the same to the floor. The operating mechanism shall

operate (close/open) all the three phases simultaneously. The operating

mechanism, links etc. should be accessible for maintenance. Mechanical safety

shutters should be provided between breaker and panel. Engagement and

disengagement of auxiliary supply should be automatically linked through the

movement of the truck so that in service condition auxiliary supply is automatically

made. All six terminals shall brought out of cubicle through appropriate class of

cable termination and sealing kits. All the breakers shall be supplied with necessary

clamps suitable for appropriate current ratings. Suitable arrangement of earthing

the switchgear and control gear panels shall be provided. All the connecting bus

bar shall be made of copper for these indoor circuit breakers.

For indoor panels, SWITCHGEAR (circuit breakers, CTs, PTs etc.) and control-gear

(relays, C&R panels meters etc.) shall be mounted on the same panel. A set of

air insulated electrolytic copper bus bars having maximum current density 1.5

Amp. / mm2& minimum cross sectional area 600 mm2 with PVC sleeves or PVC

insulation are to be provided for all indoor switchgear panels. The

Page 42: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/42

switchgear panels shall be provided with the arrangement for extending the bus bar

and inter-connecting bus bars. Their supports, nuts and bolts etc. will be supplied

loose. The region of such inter connection shall normally be blanked on panels.

The bus bars should be of electrolytic copper with permissible limits of current

density. Size of the bus bar and current density should be specified in the tender.

The bus bar conductor shall conform to IS:8034. The bus bar shall be rated for

16KA for 3 Seconds. Painting of panel cubicle shall be epoxy based powder coated.

The paint shade of indoor panels shall be shade 631 as per IS-5.

1.3.4 VACUUM CIRCUIT BREAKER :

The three phase vacuum circuit breakers will have three interrupters (one

interrupter per phase) mounted on same carriage. The interrupters shall be air

insulated in epoxy resin tank or with epoxy resin phase barriers. Each interrupter

shall have fixed and moving contacts in sealed envelope having vacuum below

10-6 torr. The metallic bellow shall permit axial movement of moving contact and

act as vacuum seal. The contacts shall have requisite mechanical strength and

good electrical and thermal conductivity and shall be made of copper

chromium alloy. Complete literature of vacuum bottles shall be furnished with the

tender.In order to have safe operation under fetal conditions, the vacuum

interrupter should be housed in epoxy pole unit and make of Vacuum Interrupter

will be as “BEL, CGL, SIEMENS, ABB, ALSTOM/AREVA/MEGAWIN”.Any other

equivalent make of V.I. shall also be acceptable subject to prior approval of S.E.

(MM), JVVNL, Jaipur.

1.4 VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS :

1. Highest equipment voltage : 12 KV 2. No. of phases : 3 3. Insulation level a) Impulse withstand voltage : 75 KVP b) One minute power frequency withstand voltage on : i) Primary winding : As per relevant standards ii) Secondary winding : 2 KV rms 4. Frequency : 50 Hz. 5. Transformation ratio : 11000/110 V 6. Rated output : 30 VA / phase 7. Accuracy class : 0.5 8. Winding connection : Star/Star 9. Rated voltage factor : 1.2 continuous and 1.5 for 30

seconds 10.Type of insulation : Resin cast VTs shall be provided with HRC type fuses on the secondary side. The VT fuses

on primary side shall also be provided with all safety precautions. One of the

secondary terminals of the VTs shall be solidly earthed. One number three phase

voltage transformer of this rated output will be required for each incoming indoor

panel. Voltage transformers should be mounted in the top part of the cubicle for

ease of replacement of fuses.

1.5 CURRENT TRANSFORMERS :

1. Rated voltage : 12 KV 2. Insulation level

Page 43: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/43

a) Impulse withstand : 75 KVP voltage b) One minute power frequency voltage on i) Primary winding : As per relevant standards ii)Secondary winding : 03 KV rms 3. Frequency : 50 Hz

5. Rated continuous thermal : 120% of rated primary current current

5. Short time thermal rating : 16 KA for 3 Sec. 6. Transformer CTs of ratio

600-400/5-5A for incoming type indoor panel and 200-100/5-5A for outgoing type panel.

7. Rated output/accuracy etc. for CTs. Core-I Core-II a) Rated output 10 VA 10 VA However VA burden should not be less than suitable for A.C. series trip requirement with shunt trip arrangement. b) Class of accuracy 5P 0.5 S c) Accuracy limit factor 15 - d) Purpose Relaying Metering 8. Max. instrument security - 5 factor 9. Type of Insulation Resin Cast 12 KV current transformers shall be single phase. The core shall be of high grade

non ageing laminated silicon steel of low hysterics loss and high permeability to

ensure high accuracy for both normal and fault current.

1.6 The rating of secondary winding shall be 5 Amps. However, the current transformers

will have to satisfy the requirement of rated VA burden, class of accuracy,

accuracy limit factor and short time thermal rating as have been specified in clause

No. 3.5 at all transformation ratio. Magnetization curves corresponding to all

secondary taps must be submitted with the tender.

The ratings of current transformers of all classes regarding ratio error, knee

point voltage, resistance of secondary winding etc. shall have to be coordinated

with the requirements of protective relays and protection scheme, without

any extra cost.

1.7 Before commencement of supplies one panel of each type with circuit breaker, VT

etc. will have to be subjected to temperature rise test without extra charges in the

presence of our Inspecting Officer. All the type test certificates are also needed

to be furnished without which tender is likely to be ignored.

1.8 The tenderer shall also furnish along with the tender, complete general

arrangement, schematic and outline diagrams indicating the mounting

arrangement and position of current transformers, voltage transformer terminal

blocks etc. Type of current transformer and voltage transformer employed

shall also be clearly stated.

Page 44: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/44

1.9 INDICATING AND INTEGRATING METERS/INSTRUMENTS :

1.9.1 All indicating instruments shall be of switchboard type, back connected, suitable for

flush mounting and provided with dust and vermin proof cases for tropical use

and finished in suitable colour. All instruments shall have practical laboratory

means for adjustment of accuracy. The limits of errors for ammeters/voltmeters

shall be those permissible for class 1.5 instruments as per IS:1248. The

ammeters and voltmeters shall be suitably scaled to indicate the

current/voltage for all the rating of current/voltage transformers. A phase

selector switch with four/six position shall be used to measure the

current/voltage of each phase/line. The meters shall be located at eye level to

facilitate observation of readings correctly.

1.9.2 A.C. Static HT Trivector Meter :

3 phase 4 wire A.C. Static H.T. Trivector meter of accuracy class 0.5S for

measurement of energy as per latest specification of JVVNL, shall be provided on

each 12 KV indoor VCB.

Following makes of HT TVMs are acceptable: i) Secure

ii) L&T iii) ABB/Elster iv) Schlumberger v) Genus Infra Any other make being procured by Nigam shall also be acceptable. 1.10 RELAYS :

The circuit breaker shall be fitted with shunt trip coil for operation on Numerical

three Over Current and one Earth Fault element relay. The coils should be rated for

110VDC operation on station battery.

Three phase protection relays shall be Numerical Over-current & Earth Fault

protection having three element for over current and one for earth fault protection.

The setting for over-current shall be 50-200% (in step of 10%) and for earth fault

element from 10 to 80% (in step of 10%). These relays shall be non directional

with selectable curve from all standard 5 IDMT curves. The numerical relays shall

have following features:-

i) Self Diagnosis

ii) Minimum last five abnormal events (with date & time) recording (over

current & earth fault) including fault level and phase.

iii) On-line display of current.

iv) Communicable with open Protocol having RS-485 port.

The relay shall be numerical type mounted in flush pattern on the panel board. The

relay should be rated for 5 Amp. CT secondary. The relay should conform to

IS:3231 & 8686 specifications. The tenders shall furnish the detail in this regard

along with the offer.

All the relays shall be provided with test blocks in panel so designed that the relays

may be tested in situ. The relays should have provision of testing either through

test block or test plug easily accessible by injecting the voltage / current/frequency

Page 45: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/45

(as applicable) from external testing instruments /source without first

disconnecting/ reenergizing the primary electrical circuit protected by the relays.

Facilities for isolating the tripping circuit during such testing shall be also provided.

The requirement of test block shall not be applicable in case of drawout type relays

which can be tested by using test plug without removing the relay from its casing.

The testing facilities provided in the relays shall be specifically stated in the bid.

Necessary test plug etc. as may be required for proper testing shall be included in

the contractor’s scope of supply. One test plug with five panels or part thereof are

to be supplied. Technical suitability of relays/schemes may also be examined

by Protection Wing & acceptability will be judged appropriately.

The Following makes of Relays are acceptable:-

a. Areva. b. ABB. c. Easun Reyrolle d. C&S e. JVS f. SEL g. ASHIDA h. MEGAWIN i. CGL j. STELMEC

1.11. WIRING :

All wiring shall be of switch board type consisting of copper conductor of 1.5 Sq.

mm. for alarm / annunciation / control circuits and 2.5 Sq.mm. for CT and all other

Circuits insulated with polyvinyl chloride insulation suitable for 660 Volt service

and in accordance with relevant IS:732. Polyvinyl Chloride used shall have

excellent resistance against burning, moisture, oil and vermin and shall be finished

with clear colour. Rubber insulated wiring shall not be acceptable. Tenderers

shall furnish the details of method being adopted by them for Joint/

Connections.

All instruments and Panel wiring shall be of heat resisting and self extinguishing

type in compliance with IS. Plastic or porcelain cleats of the limited

compression type shall be used for holding wiring runs. All wires shall be suitable

for bending to meet the terminal studs at right angles. Metal cases of all

apparatus mounted on panels shall be separately earthed by means of copper

wire or strips. The following colour scheme of the wiring shall be used as per

IS:375.

a) AC three phase circuits : i) No.1 Phase : Red. No.2 Phase : Yellow. No.3 Phase : Blue ii) Neutral Conductor : Black iii) Connection to Earth : Green b) D.C. circuits : Grey 1.12 MIMIC DIAGRAM : For indoor panels painted colour bands shall be used for the mimic bus. The mimic

diagram shall be on eye level. Equipments such as current transformers,

Page 46: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/46

voltage transformers etc. shall be represented by suitable symbols. The colour

shall be Red Shade 537 of IS-5.

1.13 INDICATING LEDs / LAMPS : Indicating LEDs / Lamps shall be provided on the control board to indicate the

following:

1. Visual indication of ON and OFF position of each

circuit breaker.

2. Trip circuit healthy indication.

3. Auto trip indication for each circuit breaker panel.

4. VT supply indication.

Each lamp body shall be of moulded insulation and shall be able to withstand a high

voltage test of appropriate value. All lamps shall be suitable for 240 V AC supply

and shall have low power consumption and shall provide a wide angle of

illumination of sufficient intensity for comfortable viewing. A glass of appropriate

colour shall be screwed into the front of the lamp body. The design of the

indication lamps shall be such as to facilitate replacement of burnt lamps. An

engraved label indicating the purpose of the lamp shall be provided with each

lamp.

1.14 TEST TERMINAL BLOCKS : Two nos. test terminal blocks shall be provided one for testing of relays and other

for testing meters. They shall be of switch board, back connected type for front of

panel mounting. The test blocks shall provide complete isolation of meters,

instruments, etc. and the arrangement shall be such that testing power could be

connected at the test block from any external source or may be taken from the

instrument transformers. Provision shall be made for short circuiting current

transformers. Suitable sealing arrangement shall be provided in test terminal

blocks.

1.15 FERRULES :

Ferrules engraved/printed with the same number, letters or symbols as

indicated in the connection and wiring diagram shall be provided on the terminal

ends of all wires for identification of circuits for inspection and maintenance.

Ferrules shall be of strong and flexible insulating material with glossy finish to

prevent adhesion. They shall be engraved / printed and clearly marked and shall

not be effected by dampness. Ferrule numbering shall be in accordance with

IS:375. The same ferrule number shall not be used on wires in different circuits

on a panel.

1.16 SPACE FOR CABLES AND CABLE GLANDS :

Sufficient space for receiving the cables inside the switch board at the bottom of

the cubicles and mounting arrangement for the terminal cable glands shall be

provided. Cable gland plates should be above the ground level for the ease of

working.

3.17 SCHEDULE OF REQUIREMENTS :

Page 47: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/47

The requirement of circuit breakers shall be as per Clause 3.31. At a particular

sub station two or more feeders can be controlled through one breaker depending

upon the necessity. Each of these breakers shall be equipped as per clause No.

3.18.

1.18 SCHEDULE OF EQUIPMENT :

Item No. 1 : (INCOMING TYPE)

12KV/630A Amp. VCB Switchgear panel for indoor installation:

1. 12KV/630A Circuit Breaker vacuum type 1 No. drawout with provisions of manual tripping by means of A control switch/push button. 2. Motor Charged Spring operated closing 1 No. mechanism or magnetic actuator operated device.

4. Numerical 3 0/C + 1 E/F relay 1 No. 4. Single phase 12 KV current transformers 3 Nos. of ratio 600-400/5-5A suitable for metering and protection. The class of accuracy shall be 0.5 S for metering and 5P15 for protection. Rated burden (output) shall be 10 VA for each secondary winding. Instrument security factor for metering core shall not exceed 5.

6. 11000/110 Volts three phase voltage 1 No. transformers having 30 VA/phase burden and class of accuracy 0.5. The transformer shall be star-star connected. 6. Flush type switchboard mounting pattern 96X 1 No. 96 sq.mm moving iron/ moving coil AC voltmeter of class 1.5 accuracy suitable for 110 V phase to phase secondary scaled for 0-15 KV. 7. Voltmeter phase selector switch to 1 No. indicate phase to phase and phase to neutral voltage of all the three phases. 8. Indicating lamps/LEDs coloured red, amber and 3 Nos. blue for PT supply indication. 9. Arrangement for reception of incoming 2 Nos. cable connection alongwith cable termination

and sealing kits for 3 C x 300 mm sq. XLPE power cables.

10. Set of three phase air insulated main 1 No. electrolytic copper bus bars of 630 A

continuous current rating having maximum current density 1.5 Amp./ mm2& minimum cross sectional area 600 mm2 with PVC insulation or sleeves, STC rating 16 KA for 3 sec.

11. Mechanical ON/OFF indicator. 1 No. 12. Operating handle for independent manual 1 No. closing mechanism.

Page 48: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/48

13. Red indicating lamp/LED for ON indication. 1 No. 14. Green indicating lamp/LED for OFF indication. 1 No. 15. Auxiliary switch having minimum of 8 1 No. contacts 4 normally open and 4 normally closed. 16. Flush mounting pattern 96x96 sq.mm. 1 No. Moving Iron or moving coil ammeter of class 1.5 accuracy for 5 Amps. CT secondary scale 0-400/600 A. 17. Ammeter selector switch to indicate phase 1 No. current in all three phases and with OFF position. 18. AC HT Tri vector meter 1 No.

19. Auxiliary Relay type VAA 33 or equivalent 1 No. For transformer protection functions.

20. Automatic door CFL with Switch. 1 No. 21. 240V, 80W AC single phase 2 Nos. anti condensation heaters with thermostat (0-60 Deg. C) and switch. 22. Anti pumping contactor. 1 No. 23. Operation Counter. 1 No. 24. Test terminal blocks for metering and 2 Nos. relays, 3 phase 4 wire. 25. Fault trip yellow lamp/LED. 1 No. 26. Trip Circuit healthy indication. 2 Nos. 27. Ground Bus size min. 25 x 6 mm. copper. 1 No.

28. Bell for Alarm 1 No. 29. Hooter for Alarm 1 No. 30. 3 Pin Socket with switch 1 No. 31. 2 Pin Socket with switch 1 No.

32. Auto Trip Lamp 1 No.

Item No. 2 : (OUTGOING/ FEEDER TYPE)

12KV/630A Amp. VCB Switchgear panel for

indoor installation:

1. 12KV/630A Circuit Breaker vacuum type 1 No.

drawout with provisions of manual tripping by means of A control switch/push button. 2. Motor Charged Spring operated closing 1 No. mechanism or magnetic actuator.

3. Numerical 3 0/C + 1 E/F relay 1 No.

Page 49: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/49

4. Single phase 12 KV current transformers 3 Nos. of ratio 200-100/5-5A suitable for metering and protection. The class of accuracy shall be 0.5 S for metering and 5P15 for protection. Rated burden (output) shall be 10 VA for each secondary winding. Instrument security factor for metering core shall not exceed

5. Arrangement for reception of incoming and 2 Nos. outgoing cable connection alongwith cable termination and sealing kits for 3 C x 300 mm sq. XLPE power cables. 6. Set of three phase air insulated main electrolytic 1 No. copper bus bars of 630 A continuous current rating having maximum current density 1.5 Amp./mm2& minimum cross sectional area 600 mm2 with PVC insulation or sleeves. STC rating 16 KA for 3 seconds. 7. Mechanical ON/OFF indicator. 1 No. 8. Operating handle for independent manual 1 No. closing mechanism. 9. Red indicating lamp/LED for ON indication. 1 No. 10. Green indicating lamp/LED for OFF indication. 1 No. 11. Auxiliary switch having minimum of 8 1 No. contacts 4 normally open and 4 normally closed.

12. Flush mounting pattern 96x96 sq.mm. 1 No. Moving Iron or moving coil ammeter of class 1.5 accuracy for 5 Amps. CT secondary scale 0-150/250 A. 13. Ammeter selector switch to indicate phase 1 No. current in all three phases and with OFF position. 14. AC static HT Tri-vector meter 1 No. 15. Automatic door CFL with Switch. 1 No. 16. 240V, 80W AC single phase 2 Nos. anti condensation heaters with thermostat (0-60 Deg. C) and switch. 17. Anti pumping contactor. 1 No. 18. Operation Counter. 1 No. 19. Loose Set of 3 phase Air insulated inter 1 No. connection electrolytic copper bus bars, 630 Amps. rating with PVC insulation with nuts and bolts supports etc. STC rating 16 KA for 3 seconds. 20. Test terminal blocks for metering and 2 Nos. relays, 3 phase 4 wire. 21. Fault trip yellow lamp/LED. 1 No.

Page 50: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/50

22. Trip Circuit healthy indication. 2 Nos. 23. Ground Bus size min. 25 x 6 mm. copper. 1 No. 24. Bell for Alarm 1 No. 25. Hooter for Alarm 1 No. 26. 3 Pin Socket with switch 1 No. 27. 2 Pin Socket with switch 1 No. 28. Auto Trip Lamp 1 No. 1.19 All equipments shall be complete in all respect. All fittings, accessories or apparatus

which may not have been mentioned above but which are usual/necessary for the

equipments shall be included for each circuit breaker panel.

1.20 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS :

The successful tenderers, on receipt of order shall arrange to dispatch

immediately 20 sets of the erection/operating and maintenance instruction

manuals along with the requisite drawings of the equipments covered by this

specification to this office for approval. Two sets of these, one set in English and

one in Hindi will also be forwarded to the consignee along with each

equipment.

1.21 TEMPERATURE RISE :

The maximum temperature rise of various parts of the circuit breakers when

tested under rated conditions shall not exceed the specified values at a peak

ambient temperature of 50 deg. c. The breakers may be provided with silver

plated contacts if necessary to meet the requirement of IS:13118 where higher

temperature rise is permitted with silver plating contacts. The quantity of silver

facing shall be such that after carrying out one tenth of the total number of

operations specified for the mechanical endurance test, there is still continuous

layer of silver on the contacts. The temperature rise of CTs and PTs shall also not

exceed the permissible values as per relevant Indian Standards when corrected for

max. ambient temperature at site.

1.22 NAME/RATING PLATE :

All items of equipment included in this specification shall be provided with rating

plates as per relevant standards and in addition with following particulars:-

Name & Address of Supplier : Telephone No. : Fax No. : Date of Despatch : Date of Expiry of : Warranty Name of Purchaser : TN No. : Purchase Order No. & Date :

Page 51: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/51

1.23 INSPECTION AND TESTING :

1.23.1 Each equipment shall comply with and shall be subjected to all routine and

acceptance tests prescribed in the relevant Indian Standard Specification/IEC.

1.23.2 TEST OF 11KV INDOOR CIRCUIT BREAKER :

i) ROUTINE/ACCEPTANCE TESTS:

The following acceptance and routine tests shall be got conducted in presence of

purchaser's representative as per stipulation of the relevant standards, on each

unit.

a) One minute power frequency voltage withstand dry test on main circuit.

b) Voltage withstand test on control & auxiliary circuits.

c) Measurement of the resistance of main circuit.

d) Mechanical operating test as per M2 class.

g) Design and visual checks.

h) Any other tests not specified above but covered as per amendment/ latest

edition of relevant IS/IEC.

ii) Inspection & tests on control gear :

In addition to the above tests at 3.23.2(i) above specified by IEC, the following shall

also be performed at manufacturer’s works in presence of purchaser’s representative

after completely assembling the breaker.

e) Checking wiring of circuits and their contacts.

f) Insulation resistance of complete wiring, circuit by circuit with all equipment

mounted on the panels.

g) Checking and operational protective schedule and instruments meters.

h) Checking of phase faults between R&Y, Y&B and B&R phases. Breaker

should trip under all three conditions.

iv) TYPE TESTS :

The following type tests shall be conducted on the offered material as per

relevant standards:-

a) Dielectric tests.

Lightning Impulse Voltage Test.

One Minute Power Frequency Test(Dry).

b) Short time with stand current and peak withstand current test.

c) Basic short circuit duties test.

d) Single phase short circuit test.

h) Mechanical Operation Test.

i) Out of phase making & breaking test.

j) Capacitive Current Switching Test.

i) Cable Charging Test.

ii) Single Capacitor Bank Current Switching Test.

h) Measurement of resistance of main circuit.

k) Temp. rise test.

Page 52: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/52

l) IP-5X test (for cubicle/control cabinet).

k) Any other type tests not specified above but covered as per amendment /

latest edition of relevant IS/IEC

The 12 KV Indoor vacuum circuit breaker offered shall be fully type tested as per

relevant standards.

Where permitted in the relevant standard, a test specimen for type test may be a

representative sub-assembly/ a representative functional unit. An individual type

test is acceptable for a change of constructional detail, for any change in the

design/type of type test report and the design/type of offered against this

specification, if the manufacturer can demonstrate and purchaser is satisfied that

this change does not influence the result of the individual type test. The bidder may

bring out in their offer all such changes made in components, materials, design etc.

as the case may be. The purchaser will interpret the meanings of drawings and

specifications and shall have the power to accept/reject any type test report which

in his judgment is/is not in a manner acceptable to him. The decision of Purchase

Committee in this matter shall be final and binding to all.

1.23.3 The type test reports of Circuit Breakers, Current Transformers, Potential

Transformers, Relays, meters etc. shall be complete in all respect along with

oscillographic records, photographs etc. in respect of all type tests as per relevant

ISS/IEC.

The type test certificates should be in respect of specific make and type / rating

of the Circuit Breakers/ instruments, transformers etc. intended to be

supplied and not in respect of the breakers etc. manufactured by their foreign

collaborators if any.

Necessary data with test reports to show capability of circuit breaker to withstand

number of full level short circuit faults be also furnished. Complete literature must

be sent with the tender.

1.23.4 Routine & acceptance test as per relevant standard shall be carried out on each

equipment covered by this specification in the presence of purchaser's

representative. If so desired by the purchaser all test reports shall be submitted

and got approved from the purchaser before dispatch of the equipment.

Before commencement of supplies one panel of each type complete with Circuit

Breaker, VT etc. will be subjected to temperature rise test in the presence of our

Inspecting Officer.

1.23.5INSPECTION AND TESTS OF CONTROL GEAR :

All the tests (as mentioned at Clause 3.23.2(i)) and Inspection shall be made

at the place of manufacturer unless otherwise especially agreed upon by the

bidder and purchaser at the time of purchase. The bidder shall afford the

inspection officer(s) representing the purchaser all reasonable facilities without

charges, to satisfy him that the material is being furnished in accordance with

this specification. The purchaser has the right to have the tests carried out at

Page 53: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/53

his own cost by an independent agency whenever there is a dispute regarding

the quality of supply.

The Inspection may be carried out by the purchaser at any stage of

manufacture/ before dispatch as per relevant standard.

Inspection and acceptance of any material under the specification by the

purchaser, shall not relieve the bidder of his obligation of furnishing material

in accordance with the specification and shall not prevent subsequent rejection

if the material is found to be defective. The Bidder shall keep the purchaser

informed in advance, about manufacturing programme so that arrangements can

be made for inspection.

The purchaser reserves the right to insist for witnessing the acceptance/ routine

testings of the bought out items.

The Bidder shall give 15 days advance intimation to enable the purchaser to depute

his representative for witnessing the acceptance and routine tests.

1.25 TECHNICAL PARTICULARS :

1.25.1 Make of various equipments should be clearly stated. Words like reputed,

equivalent etc. shall not be accepted. Alternative makes of equipments should

not be more than two in the order of preference.

1.25.2 INTER CHANGEABILITY :

All similar materials and removable parts of similar equipments shall be inter

changeable with each other.

1.26 OPTIONAL SPARES:

The tenderer shall furnish list of recommended optional spares that will be required

for breakers alongwith their total and unit prices.

1.27 TITLE PLATES:

A title plate bearing the name and purpose of each panel shall be fixed on the top of

each control as well as relay panel.

1.28 FAULT / TROUBLE ALARM SCHEME :

The automatic trip of the Circuit Breaker due to operation of protection relays shall

be indicated by sounding of a hooter. All non-trip alarms shall be indicated by an

alarm bell.

1.29 PERFORMANCE WARRANTY PERIOD :

The performance warranty period shall be 5 years from the date of receipt of

equipment along with all accessories.

1.30 MAKE AND TYPE OF BOUGHT OUT ITEMS :

1.30.1 The following make of bought out items will be acceptable to department : ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- S.No. Name of Item Make ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Indicating Instrument AE/IMP/MECO (Analog type) 2. Indicating Instrument AE/IMP/MECO (Digital type) 3. Control Switch for Circuit ALSTOM/RECOM/SWITRON/ Breaker/Trip Transfer. KAYCEE

Page 54: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/54

4. Selector Switch for SWITRON/KAYCEE/RECOM Voltmeter/Ammeter 5. Semaphore Indicator ALSTOM/DAV IND./ER 6. Indicating Lamp ALSTOM/TEKNIC/ VAISHNO/DAV 7. Annunciator MINILEC/YESHMUN/ INSTALRAM/PROTON/ JVS/PRADEEP/ALAN 8. Push Button TEKNIC/VAISHNO/ESSEN 9. A.C. Hooter/Bell TARGET/INDUSTRIAL HOOTER/ALAN/JVS 10. D.C. Hooter TARGET/INDUSTRIAL HOOTER/ALAN/JVS 11. Heater SOFIA/ELTER/AIREX KAYCEE 12. Link Type test terminal IMP/CAPITAL block for testing of TVM 13. CFL Tube PHILIPS/CROMPTON/BAJAJ 14. 2 Pin/3 Pin socket with ISI MARK Switch (5/15A) The other makes of all bought out items shall be acceptable if it is of "ISI

Marked" or type tested for which bidder shall furnish attested Photostat

copies of ISI Certificate/type test reports not older than Five years for the

respective make offered, subject to prior approval of SE(MM), JVVNL, Jaipur.

1.30.2 Make / type of each relay, indicating instruments, integrating instruments,

control switches, selector switches, indicating lamps, semaphore

indicators, enunciator scheme, bell, hooter etc. shall be clearly and invariably

indicated in the GTP (Guaranteed Technical Particulars), bill of material and unit

price list. Only specific make accessories shall be indicated. The word

"EQUIVALENT/REPUTED MAKE" will not be given for consideration.

1.31 BILL OF MATERIAL :

The firm shall furnish the bill of material for Indoor VCB Panel separately.

1.32 OPTIONAL SPARES :

The bidder shall also furnish list of recommended optional spares that will be

required for Breakers along with their total and unit prices. However, the prices of

optional spares will not be considered for bid evaluation.

Page 55: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/55

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR 12 KV OUTDOOR

VACUUM CIRCUIT BREAKER KIOSKS

1.0 SCOPE This specification is intended to cover the design manufacture, assembly,

testing at manufacturer's works, supply, delivery of 12 kV Vacuum Circuit

breaker Kiosks with current transformers, Potential transformers, protection

relays, metering instruments etc. Complete with all accessories and Installation

& Commissioning by the supplier for efficient & trouble free operation (Separate

price for Installation & Commissioning and Civil works).

1.1 It is not the intent to specify completely herein all details of the design and

construction of equipments. However, the equipment shall conform in all respects

to high standards of engineering, design and workmanship and shall be capable of

performing in continuous commercial operation upto the Bidder's guarantee in

a manner acceptable to the Purchaser, who will interpret the meanings of

drawings and specifications and shall have the power to reject any work or

material which in his judgment is not in accordance therewith. The offered

equipment shall be complete with all components necessary for its effective and

trouble free operation along with associated equipments, interlocks, protection

schemes etc. Such components shall be deemed to be within the scope of

supply, irrespective of whether those are specially brought out in this

specification and/or the commercial order or not.

2.0 STANDARDS

The 12 KV vacuum circuit breaker Kiosks shall conform to latest revisions with

amendments of standards as under unless specified otherwise. Equipment meeting

any other authoritative standard which ensure equal or better quality than the

standard mentioned above will also be acceptable. In such cases a copy of

standard (English version) adopted, should be enclosed with the tender.

IEC62271/100-200 High Voltage Switchgear & Control gears. IS:13118/IS-3427 Circuit Breaker/ metal enclosed Switchgear

and control gear. IS: 3156 Voltage transformers. IS: 2705 Current transformers. IS: 3231 Electrical Relays for power system. IS:1248 Meters and Instruments IS:14697-1999 Specification for AC static transformer operated watt

hour and VAR hour meters class 0.2 S & 0.5 S.

IEC-62053-22-2003 IEC-62052-11-2003

Specification for AC Static Watt hour Meters, class 0.2 S & 0.5 S.

CBIP Technical Report No.88 revised July, 1996 read with amendment issued (April,99, September,99 and also any other amendment thereafter).

Specification for AC Static Electrical Energy Meter.

Page 56: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/56

3.0 CLIMATIC CONDITIONS:

Equipment to be supplied against this specification shall be suitable for

satisfactory continuous operation under the following tropical conditions :-

i)Peak ambient air temperature 50 DEG C in shade. ii) Minimum ambient air temperature (-) 5 DEG C in shade iii) Maximum relative humidity. 95 % iv)Minimun relative humidity 10 % v)Dust storms are liable to occur from the period March to July vi) Height above mean sea level less than 1000M vii) Average number of thunder 40 DAYS storms days per annum. viii) Average annual rainfall 10-100 cm (Depending on area) ix) Number of months of tropical 4 monsoon conditions p.a. 4.0 PRINCIPAL PARAMETERS OF CIRCUIT BREAKERS 4.1 TYPE AND RATING 12 kV 4.1.1 Type Vacuum circuit breaker 4.1.2 Service Outdoor 4.1.3 Pole 3 4.1.4 Rated voltage 11/12 kV (nominal/max.) 4.1.5 Rated frequency 50 HZ 4.1.6 System Neutral Effectively earthing grounded. 4.1.7 INSULTATION LEVEL 4.1.7.1 Impulse withstand 75 kVp 4.1.7.2 One minute power As per relevant standards. frequency withstand voltage. 4.1.8 Rated Current o 4.1.8.1 Continuous at 50 C. 630 A 4.1.8.2 Short time current 16 kA for 3 Sec. 4.1.9 Rated Breaking Capacity 4.1.9.1 Symmeterical 16 kA

Page 57: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/57

4.1.9.2 Asymmeterical As per relevant standard 4.1.10 Rated making capacity 2.50X16 KA 4.1.11 Rated short time with- 16 KA stand current 3 secs. 4.1.12 Total break time 3 cycles(Max.) Closing time 4 cycles (Max.) 4.1.13 Creepage distance 300 mm or more 4.1.14 Protection class of kiosk IP-55 as per IEC 529 4.1.15 Operating duty For gang operation O-0.3 Sec-CO-3min-CO 4.1.16 Operating Mechanism motor operated spring charged closing mechanism or Magnetic Actuator. 4.1.17 Spring charging Motor 220V-240V 4.1.17.1 Heater/Lamp/Socket. 240V AC 4.1.18 Terminal Connector 4.1.18.1 Type Bimetallic clamp type/ Al. alloy. 4.1.18.2 Suitable for 10% Panther and 90% ACSR conductor Dog Conductor 4.2 System details 4.2.1 H.V. System Voltage (Nominal/Max.) 11/12 kV Phases 3 System Neutral Effectively earthed. Fault level 16 KA r.m.s. Symmetrical 4.2.2 Auxiliary power Supply 4.2.2.1 A.C. Supply 1. 415 volts 3 ph 4 W 50 Hz 2. 240V 1 Ph 2 W 50 Hz 5. GENERAL TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS:-

5.1 DESIGN CRITERIA

The bidder shall quote 12 KV Outdoor VCB Kiosks conforming to M-2 class

only. The equipment will be used in high voltage system having characteristics

as listed in the specification. The equipment will be installed outdoor in a hot,

Page 58: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/58

humid and tropical atmosphere. All equipment, accessories and wiring shall have

tropical protection, involving special treatment of metal and insulation against

fungus, insects and corrosion.

The maximum temperature in any part of the equipment at specified rating shall

not exceed the permissible limits as stipulated in the relevant standards.

The equipment shall be capable of withstanding the dynamic and thermal

stresses of listed short circuit current without any damage or deterioration.

The safety clearances of all live parts of the equipment shall be as per relevant

standards.

The cowling provision shall be provided on the roof of 12 KV outdoor VCB Kiosk to

avoid direct inception of water at any joint.

5.2 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS

5.2.1 The vacuum circuit breaker kiosk shall be for outdoor installation. The duty of

the circuit breaker shall involve satisfactory interruption of short circuit currents

as listed in the specification. The breaker shall be capable of interruption of

low reactive current (lagging/leading) without undue over voltage.

5.2.2 CONSTRUCTIONAL FEATURE 5.2.2.1

a) The circuit breakers shall be triple pole horizontal fixed type enclosed in Kiosk

of CRCA sheet steel of 3 mm thickness for load bearing members and 2 mm

thickness for non-load bearing members and shall comply with latest edition of

IS:13118/3427/IEC-56. The Kiosk shall be vermin proof and dust tight. The

switchgears and Control gears shall be complete with all necessary

supporting frame works, Nuts and bolts etc. for securing the same to

the floor. The operating mechanism shall operate (close/open) all the

three phases simultaneously. The operating mechanism links etc. should be

accessible for maintenance. The circuit breakers and its operating mechanism

shall be fully interlocked to prevent mal-operation. All the breakers shall be

supplied with necessary clamps and connectors suitable for appropriate

current ratings. Rigid type bimetallic/Al.alloy terminal connectors of

630 Amps. current rating form part of supply. Suitable arrangement of

earthing the switchgears shall be provided. All the connecting bus bars shall be

made of copper.

b) Hinges of door shall be concealed type to avoid rusting and obstructive opening of

the door.

c) The quality of welding shall be good and there should not be any lumps and

splatters on the panel.

d) All the connecting bus bar and current carrying parts shall be made of copper.

e) All the gasket shall be of chemically treated neoprene.

f) Hole & Pin locking (Check nut) arrangement should also be provided while fixing the

vacuum interrupter at bottom side.

Page 59: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/59

5.2.2.2Switchgear (Vacuum Circuit breakers etc.)and control gear (CTs.,PTs, relays

etc.)shall be mounted on the same Kiosk. Bus bars shall be air

insulated with PVC insulation/sleeves on electrostatic powder

coating. The bus bars should be of electrolytic copper with permissible limits

of current density. Size of the bus bars and current density should be

specified in the tender. The bus bars conductor shall conform to Indian

standard 8084 and 3427 and shall be rated for 630 A,STC 16 KA for 3 sec.

5.2.2.3 All the meters, instruments, relays etc. shall be mounted on the switchgear

kiosk. The outdoor circuit breakers Kiosk shall be suitable for AC shunt tripping

arrangement.

5.2.2.4The Kiosk shall have an arrangement for emergency shunt tripping from remote

place in addition to arrangement for local emergency tripping(Mechanical). The

kiosk shall also have a system to check the "Trip circuit healthy check" in

all the three phases. Necessary trip and closing coils shall be provided for

operation of the breakers.

5.2.2.5 All the six terminals shall be brought out through appropriate class

bushings.

5.2.2.6 The arcing contacts shall be made of homogeneous special alloy so that

surge voltage are reduced to negligible level & multiple reignition is

eliminated.

5.2.2.7 The circuit breaker kiosk shall be electrically and mechanically trip free

under various conditions.

5.2.2.8 The provision shall be kept on the kiosk roof and roof bushing assembly to

adopt arcing horns.

5.2.2.9 The lifting arrangement shall not cause any effective loss of creepage

distance/ phase to earth clearances as specified in the ISS/IEC.

5.2.3 MAIN CONTACTS

The main contacts shall have adequate area and contact pressure for carrying

rated continuous and short time current without excessive heating liable to cause

pitting and welding.

The breakers may be provided with silver plated contacts, if necessary, to meet the

requirement of IS:13118/IEC56 where higher temperature rise is permitted with

silver plated contacts. The quantity of silver facing shall be such that after carrying

out one tenth of total number of operations specified for mechanical endurance

tests, there is still continuous layer of silver on contacts.

5.2.4 NUMBER & TYPE OF SPARE, AUXILIARY CONTACTS/ SWITCHES :

Adequate number of spare auxiliary switches/contacts both of normally open &

normally close type but not less than four each shall be provided on the circuit

breaker for use in the indication and controlling scheme of circuit breakers.

5.2.5 INTERLOCK

All electrical and mechanical interlocks which are necessary for safe and

satisfactory operation of the circuit breaker shall be provided .

Page 60: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/60

5.2.6 BUSHINGS FOR CIRCUIT BRAKER KIOSK

a) The out door circuit breakers shall be metal enclosed fitted with weather proof/

suitable type bushing conforming to IS:2099 and shall be designed to have the

necessary mechanical strength and rigidity required and shall be free from

objectionable interference and external and internal corona. The porcelain shall be of

the wet process type, homogeneous, free from laminations and cavities or other flaws

which could effect its chemical & mechanical strength and shall not be injuriously

stressed by temperature change. The porcelain shall be thoroughly vitrified tough and

impervious to moisture and shall be evenly glazed. The glazing shall be free from

blisters or burrs. The bushing shall be designed manufactured & tested in accordance

with latest edition of IS:2099. The type and characteristic data bushing shall be

clearly specified.

b) The bushing shall not be subjected to direct point loading. They shall be provided with

neck around clamps for evenly distributed pressure.

c) The bushing shall be mounted using suitable clamps and gasket arrangement to provide

required degree of protection.

d) The bushing assembly shall be provided with lock nut and check nut which will be non-

magnetic and non-corrosive.

5.2.7 OPERATING MECHANISM

Characteristics of Operating mechanism of circuit breaker and associated

equipments :

Method of operation: The circuit breaker shall be equipped with power operated

mechanism to operate all three phases simultaneously using 220/240 V AC

Motor operated spring closing mechanism or magnetic actuator type. It shall

be electrically & mechanically trip free under various conditions. Kiosk shall

also be provided with hand operated spring charging closing mechanism.

Operation counter and mechanically ON-OFF indicator shall be provided.

5.2.8 VACUUM CIRCUIT BREAKER

The three phase vacuum circuit breaker will have three vacuum interrupters (one

interrupter per phase) mounted on same carriage. The interrupters shall be air

insulated with epoxy resin / insulated phase barriers. Each interrupter shall

have fixed and moving contacts in sealed envelops having vacuum below 10-6

torr. The metallic bellow shall permit axial movement of moving contact and

act as vacuum seal. The contacts shall have requisite mechanical strength and

good electrical and thermal conductivity and shall be made of copper

chromium alloy. Complete literature of vacuum bottles shall be furnished with the

tender.

In order to have safe operation under fetal conditions, the vacuum interrupter

should be housed in epoxy pole unit and make of Vacuum Interrupter will be as

“BEL, CGL, SIEMENS, ABB, ALSTOM/AREVA/MEGAWIN”.

Any other equivalent make of V.I. shall also be acceptable subject to prior approval

of S.E. (MM), JVVNL, Jaipur.

Page 61: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/61

5.2.9 VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS i) Highest equipment voltage : 12 KV

ii) No. of phases. : 3 Nos. single

phase VTs

iii) Insulation level.

a) Impulse withstand voltage : 75 KVP

b) One minute power frequency

withstand voltage on :

i) Primary winding : As per relevant standard.

ii) Secondary winding : 2 KV rms

iv) Frequency. : 50 Hz.

v) Transformation ratio. : 11000/110 V

vi) Rated output. : 100VA/Phase

vii) Accuracy class. : 0.5

viii) Rated voltage factor. : 1.2 continuous &

1.5 for 30 sec.

ix) Type of insulation : Resin cast.

VTs, shall be provided with HRC type fuses on the secondary side. The VT fuses on

primary side shall also be provided with all safety precautions. One of the

secondary terminals of the VTs, shall be solidly earthed. Three numbers single

phase voltage transformer of this rated output will be required for each circuit

breaker kiosk. Voltage transformers shall be fixed type and shall be suitable for

single phasing.

5.2.10 CURRENT TRANSFORMERS

i) Rated voltage. : 12 KV ii) Insulation level. a) Impulse withstand voltage : 75 KVP b) One minute power frequency withstand voltage on : i) Primary winding : As per relevant standard. ii) Secondary winding : 2 KV rms iii) Frequency. : 50 Hz. iv) Rated continuous thermal current: 120% of rated primary current v) Short time thermal rating and its duration. : 16 KA for 3 sec. vi) Transformation ratio of : Core-I Core.II CTs 400-200-100/5-5A ---------------- a) Rated output 15 VA 15 VA b) Class of accuracy 5 P 0.5S c) Accuracy limit factor. 15 - d) Purpose Relaying Metering vii) Max. instrument security : - 5 factor.

Page 62: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/62

12 KV current transformers shall be single phase. The core shall be of grade non

ageing laminated silicon steel of low hysteresis loss and high permeability to

ensure high accuracy at both normal and fault current.

5.2.11 The rating of secondary winding shall be 5 Amps. Required transformers ratio can

be achieved in any manner, However, the current transformers will have to

satisfy the requirement of rated VA burden, Class of accuracy , accuracy limit

factor and short time thermal rating as have been specified above at all

transformation ratio.

The rating of current transformers of all classes regarding ratio error, knee point

voltage, resistance of secondary winding etc. shall have to be co-ordinate with the

requirement of protective relays and protection scheme without any extra cost.

5.2.12The tenderer shall also furnish along with the tender, complete general

arrangement, schematic and outline diagrams indicating the mounting arrangement

and position of current transformers, potential transformer, terminal block etc.

Type of current transformers and potential transformers employed shall also be

clearly stated.

5.2.13 INDICATING AND INTERGRATING METERS/INSTRUMENTS:

All indicating instruments shall be of switch board type, back connected suitable

for flush mounting and provided with dust and vermin proof cases for tropical use

and finished in suitable colour. All instruments shall have practical laboratory

means of adjustment of accuracy. The limits of errors for ammeters/voltmeter

shall be permissible for class 1.5 instruments as per IS:1248. The ammeters and

voltmeters shall be suitable scaled to indicate the current for all the ratings of

current/voltage transformers. A phase selector switch with four/six positions shall

be used to measure the current/voltage of each phase. The meter shall be

located at eye level to facilitate observation of readings correctly.

Any alarm scheme shall have both audio-visual annunciations in redundancy of each

other and appropriate accept and reset push buttons shall be part of alarm scheme.

5.2.14 RELAYS :

The circuit breaker shall be fitted with numerical relay having shunt trip coil for

operation on 3 over current & one earth fault element. The numerical relay to be

provided with the 12 KV Outdoor VCB Kiosk, should be so designed so as to

operate/ trip on earth fault as well as on over current faults but should not operate

on unbalance load conditions during single phasing (which can be achieved through

residual voltage control or otherwise).

The circuit breaker shall have suitable arrangement for power supply of relay and

breaker operation through shunt trip coil using power pack. The power pack should

be suitable for 6 Nos. closing/ tripping operations and for future remote

communication as well as breaker testing during long time power failure. The output

voltage may be as per manufacturer’s design. The charging of Power pack shall be

through 230 V A.C. supply available at Sub-Station.

Page 63: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/63

The make, model No., type and Technical specification of the relay as well as power

pack are required to be mentioned in the bid.

The Relay & Power Pack arrangement system should be warranted for 5 years (in

line with warranty of breaker).

The numerical relays shall have following features:-

a. Self Diagnosis

b. Minimum last five abnormal events recording (over current & earth fault)

including fault level and phase along with date & time.

c. On-line display of current.

d. Communicable with open Protocol having RS-485 port.

e. The relay should contain four shots, three phase, programmable & auto

reclose control feature.

The relay shall be numerical type mounted in flush pattern on the panel board. The

relay should be rated for 110V AC as well as DC & 5 Amper CT secondary. The relay

should conform to latest IEC specifications. The tenders shall furnish the detail in

this regard along with the offer.

Relay TTB shall have trip bypass arrangement.

All the relays shall be provided with test blocks in panel so designed that the relays

may be tested at site. The relays should have provision of testing either through

test block or test plug easily accessible by injecting the voltage / current/frequency

(as applicable) from external testing instruments /source without first

disconnecting/ re-energizing the primary electrical circuit protected by the relays.

Facilities for isolating the tripping circuit during such testing shall also be provided.

The requirement of test block shall not be applicable in case of drawout type relays

which can be tested by using test plug without removing the relay from its casing.

The testing facilities provided in the relays shall be specifically stated in the bid.

Necessary test plug etc. as may be required for proper testing shall be included in

the contractor’s scope of supply. One test plug with five panels or part thereof are

to be supplied.

The technical suitability of relays/schemes may also be examined by Protection

Wing of Discoms & acceptability will be judged appropriately.

The bidder must furnish type test reports as per relevant ISS/ IEC along with bid

to suit the environmental conditions of our State, in respect of the relay (of the

type and design offered) which should have been type tested in NABL accredited

test laboratory in respect of such tests for which the lab has been accredited (for

Indian make Relays)/ CPRI/ Nationally accredited testing laboratory (for Foreign

make Relays).These type test reports should not be older than Five years from the

date of opening of bid.

The Following makes of Relays are acceptable:- a. Areva. b. ABB. c. Easun Reyrolle d. C&S e. JVS

Page 64: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/64

f. SEL g. ASHIDA h. MEGAWIN i. STELMEC j. CGL

Any other equivalent make of relays shall also be acceptable subject to prior

approval of S.E. (JCC), JVVNL, Jaipur.

5.2.15 WIRING :

All wiring shall be of switch board type consisting of copper conductor of 2.5

sq.mm cross section insulated with polyvinyl chloride insulation suitable for 660V

service and in accordance with relevant IS:732. Polyvinyl chloride used shall

have excellent resistance against burning, moisture, oil and vermin and shall be

finished with clear colour. Rubber insulated wiring shall not be acceptable.

Tenderers shall furnish the details of method being adopted by them for joint/

connections.

All instruments and panel wiring shall be of heat resisting and self extinguishing

type in compliance with British Standard Practice/IS. Plastic or porcelain cleats of

the limited compression type shall be used for holding wiring runs. All wires shall be

suitable for bending to meet the terminal studs at right angles. Metal cases of all

apparatus mounted on kiosk shall be separately earthed by means of copper

wire or strips. The following colour schemes of the wiring shall be used as per

IS:375.

a) AC three phase circuits : i) No.1 phase : Red No.2 phase : Yellow No.3 phase : Blue ii) Neutral conductor : Black iii) Connection to earth : Green 5.2.16 TERMINAL BLOCKS : Terminal blocks shall be 650 V grade, box clamp type ELMEX 10 sq.mm or

approved equal. Not more than two wires shall be connected to any terminal.

Spare terminals equal in number to 20% of active terminals shall be furnished.

Terminal blocks shall be located to allow easy access. Wiring shall be so arranged

that individual wires of an external cable can be connected to consecutive terminals.

5.2.17 TEST TERMINAL BLOCK :

Two Nos. test terminal blocks shall be provided one for testing of relays and other

for testing meters. They shall be of switch board type back connected for front

of panel mounting. The test blocks shall provide complete isolation of meters,

instruments etc. and the arrangement shall be such that testing power could be

connected at the test block from any external source or may be taken from the

instrument transformers. Provision shall be made for short circuiting current

transformers. Suitable sealing arrangement shall be provided in test terminal

blocks.

5.2.18 INDICATING LAMPS :

Indicating lamps shall be provided on the control board to indicate the following:

i) Visual indication of ON and OFF position of each circuit breaker.

Page 65: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/65

ii) PT supply indication.

Each lamp body shall be of moulded insulation and shall be able to withstand a high

voltage test of appropriate value. All lamps shall be suitable for 240 V AC supply

and shall have low power consumption and shall provide a wide angle of

illumination of sufficient intensity for comfortable viewing. A glass of appropriate

colour shall be screwed into the front of lamp body. The design of indication lamp

shall be such as to facilitate replacement of burnt lamps. An engraved label

indicating the purpose of the lamp shall be provided with each lamp.

5.2.19 FERRULES :

Ferrules engraved/printed with the same numbers, of symbols as indicated in the

connections and wiring diagram shall be provided on the terminal ends of all

wires for identification of circuits for inspection and maintenance. Ferrules

shall be of strong and flexible insulating material with glossy finish to

prevent adhesion. They shall be engraved/ printed and clearly marked and

shall not be effected by dampness. Ferrule numbering shall be in accordance

with IS:375. The same ferrules number shall not be used on wires in different

circuits on a panel.

5.2.20 HT TVM:-

3 phase 4 wire A.C. Static H.T. Trivector meter of accuracy class 0.5S for

measurement of energy as per latest specification of JVVNL, shall be provided on

each Outdoor VCB Kiosks.

Following makes of HT TVMs are acceptable:

i) Secure

ii) L&T

iii) ABB/Elster

iv) Schlumberger

v) Genus Infra

Any other make being procured by Nigam shall also be acceptable.

5.2.21 All interiors and exteriors of switchgear enclosure, breaker mechanism etc shall

be finished and painted to produce a neat, fire resistant and durable surface

which would prevent rusting and corrosion. Sheet metal component shall be pre-

treated using 7 tank phosphating process consisting of de-greasing, acid

pickling, de-rusting, phosphating and passivation including repeated rinsing in

between. On completion of the passivation of the components, they shall be

preheated and then epoxy powder coated or treated with one coat of primer &

zinc chromate and finished with two coats of light gray enamel paint of shade

631 of IS 5 and stoved to achieve excellent anti-rusting and scratch resistance

properties. The thickness of painting shall be around 60 microns.

5.3 SCHEDUOLE OF EQUIPMENTS, FITTING & ACCESSORIES : 12 KV 630 Amps Vacuum circuit breakers kiosks for out door installation :

5.3.1 1 No. - 12 KV 630 Amp. Vacuum Circuit Breaker horizontal fixed type with

provision of manual tripping by means of push button and emergency shunt

tripping.

Page 66: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/66

Electrically operated through 230 V AC. A lockable Local/ Remote switch shall be

provided, apart from Trip-Neutral-Close (TNC switch) control switch to select local/

remote operation of the switchgear. The breaker control switch shall have Trip-

Neutral-Close position spring return sequence locking mechanism. The breaker

control switch and selector switch shall be mounted on the front side of cubicle and

located at a convenient height for easy operation.

5.3.2 1 No. - AC Motor charged spring operated closing mechanism or magnetic

actuator type closing mechanism.

5.3.3 1 No. - Shunt tripping arrangement/ Coil for operation on over current (load)

and earth fault by relays along with emergency shunt tripping from remote

place in addition to local emergency tripping(Mech.) One additional shunt trip coil,

fitted very near to the original coil (which will be unwired) is also required to be

provided.

5.3.4 3 Nos. - Single phase 12 KV Current Transformer ratio 400-200-100/5-5A suitable

for metering and protection. The class of accuracy shall be 0.5 for metering and

5P15 for protection. Rated burden (output) shall be 15 VA for each secondary

winding and it should not be less than suitable for tripping arrangement provided.

Instrument security factor for metering core shall not be exceed 5.

5.3.5 6 Nos. - Rigid type bimetallic/ aluminium alloy terminal connector suitable for

ACSR (10% Panther and 90% Dog Conductor) for both horizontal/ vertical take-

off.

5.3.6 1 No. - Mechanical ON/OFF indicator.

5.3.7 1 No. - Operating handle for independent manual closing mechanism.

5.3.8 1 No. - Red indicating lamp for ON indication.

5.3.9 1 No. - Green indicating lamp for OFF indication.

5.3.10 Spare auxilliary contacts/switch having minimum 4 NO + 4 NC

5.3.11 1 No. - Flush mounting pattern 96x96 sq.mm Moving Iron ammeter of class

1.5 accuracy suitable scaled for 5 Amps. CT secondary.

5.3.12 1 No. - Ammeter selector switch to indicate phase current in all three phases and

with OFF position.

5.3.13 1 No. – Numerical 3 O/C + E/F relay.

5.3.14 1 No. HT TVM of accuracy class 0.5S as per latest specification of JVVNL.

5.3.15 2 Nos. - 240 V AC single phase 80 or 100 watt anti condensation heaters with

thermostat and switch.

5.3.16 1 No. - Automatic door illumination lamp with switch.

5.3.17 3 Nos. - 11000/110 V single phase voltage transformers each having 100

VA/phase burden & class of accuracy 0.5 suitably connected to meters and

indicating instruments etc.

5.3.18 1 No. - Flush pattern switch board mounting pattern 96x96 sq. mm moving iron

AC voltmeter of class 1.5 accuracy suitable for 110 V phase to phase secondary

suitably scaled.

Page 67: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/67

5.3.19 1 No. - Voltmeter selector switch to indicate phase to phase & phase to neutral

voltage of all the three phases.

5.3.20 3 Nos. - Indicating lamps coloured Red, Amber Blue for PT supply.

5.3.21 2 Nos. - Test terminal blocks to test meters and relays with sealing arrangement.

5.3.22 1 No. - Blank lable on the front of kiosks at the top.

5.3.23 Door locks with keys for all doors.

5.3.24 Pair of base channel for grouting in floor.

5.3.25 Arrangement to check healthy trip circuit in all three phases (separate lamps for

R phase, Y phase and B phase) be provided.

5.3.26 1 set - Self auxiliary plug and socket.

5.3.27 1 No. - ground bus system, size 50x6mm copper may be provided and the earthing

stud shall be capable of withstanding rated short circuit current and stud design

shall be as per IS-133427 or IEC -200.

5.3.28 1 No. - Audio-Visual Annunciations.

5.3.29 1 No. - Operation counter.

5.3.30 1 No. - Name plate at front and back of each kiosk.

5.3.31 1 set - 3 phase air insulated main copper bus bar of 630 amp. continuous current

rating having maximum current density 1.5 Amp./ MM2 with minimum cross

sectional area 600 MM2 with PVC insulation or sleeves, STC rating 16 KA

for 3 sec.

5.3.32 1 Set -Power Pack arrangement system as specified in cl. No. 5.2.14.

5.3.33 1 No. -Spring Charge Indication Lamp.

The busses within the cubical shall be of high conductivity electrolyte grade

copper. The Bus bar joints shall be silver plated and bolted in such a manner

that initial contact pressure around the square headed high tensile bolt will

remain substantially undiminished at all temperature upto rated full load

temperature. The Bus support and bushings shall be of epoxy resin cast

type. All drop off from main bus to VCB and VCB to bushing terminations

shall be suitable for current rating of circuit breaker . All the bus bar shall be

sleeved with heat shrinkable sleeves of 12 KV voltage level (Insulated for a

service voltage of 12 KV) and bus bar shall be shrouded wherever possible.

All the bus bar joints shall be shrouded and where shrouding is not possible,

it shall be taped with HV self amalgamation tape. All the tap off bus bar

connections inside panel and PT jumpers shall be sleeved with HT heat

shrinkable sleeves. Special care shall be taken in the design of bus bar

system to provide for thermal expansion and to minimize the chances of bus

fault. Bimetallic washers shall be provided at the joints of two different metal

surfaces.

The bus supports and bushings shall be non hygroscopic non aging glass

reinforced polymer.

Page 68: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/68

5.4 MAKE AND TYPE OF BOUGHT OUT ITEMS :

Make / type of each relay, indicating instruments, integrating

instruments, control switch for Circuit Breaker/Trip Transfer, selector switch

for Voltmeter/Ammeter, Semaphore Indicator, indicating lamps, annunciator,

Push Button, A.C. Hooter/Bell, D.C. Hooter, Heater, Link Type Test Terminal

Block for testing of TVM, CFL Tube, 2/3 Pin Socket with Switch etc. shall be

clearly and invariably indicated in the GTP (Guaranteed Technical

Particulars), bill of material and unit price list. Only specific make accessories

shall be indicated. The word "EQUIVALENT/REPUTED MAKE" will not be

given for consideration.

The other makes of all bought out items shall be acceptable if it is of "ISI

Marked" or type tested for which bidder shall furnish attested Photostat

copies of ISI Certificate/type test reports not older than Five years for the

respective make offered, subject to prior approval of SE(MM), JVVNL, Jaipur.

Other standard accessories which are not specifically mentioned but are required

to be supplied with circuit breaker kiosk of similar type and rating for efficient

and trouble-free operation.

5.5 TEMPERATURE RISE :

The max. temperature rise of various parts of the circuit breakers when tested

under rated condition shall not exceed the specified values at a peak ambient

temperature of 50 deg.C . The breaker may be provided with silver plated

contacts if necessary to meet the requirement of IS:13118/IEC:56 where higher

temperature rise is permitted with silver plated contacts. The quantity of

silver facing shall be such that after carrying out one tenth of the total number

of operations specified for mech. Endurance test, there is a still continuous

layer of silver on the contacts. The temperature rise of CTs and PTs shall also

not exceed the permissible values as per relevant Indian standards when corrected

for max. ambient temperature at site.

6.0 TESTS :

6.1 TEST BEFORE DESPATCH : The 12 KV vacuum circuit breakers and accessories

shall be subjected at maker's works before dispatch, to the following tests as

per relevant IS/IEC.

A) ROUTINE TESTS ON EACH UNIT AS PER RELEVANT STANDARDS :

(i) One minute power frequency voltage withstand dry

test on main circuit.

(ii) Voltage withstand test on control & auxiliary

circuits.

(iii) Measurement of the resistance of main circuit.

(iv) Mechanical operating test.

(v) Design and visual checks.

B) The following type tests shall be conducted on the material as per

relevant standards:

Page 69: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/69

(i) Dielectric tests.

a) Lightning Impulse Voltage Test.

b) One Minute Power Frequency Test (Wet & Dry).

(ii) Short time withstand current and peak withstand current test.

(iii) Basic short circuit duties test.

(iv) Single phase short circuit test.

(v) Mechanical Operation test as per M-2 class.

(vi) Out of phase making & breaking test.

(vii) Capacitive Current Switching Test.

a) Cable Charging Test.

b) Single Capacitor Bank Current Switching Test.

(viii) Measurement of resistance of main circuit.

(ix) Temp. rise test.

(x) IP-55 Test (For cubicle/control cabinet).

(xi) Any other type tests not specified above but

covered as per amendment/latest edition of

relevant IS/IEC.

C) The type test reports of Circuit Breakers, Current Transformers,

Potential Transformers, Relays, Meters etc. shall be complete in all respect

as per relevant IEC/ISS.

6.2 TYPE TESTS :

The 12 KV vacuum circuit breaker kiosk offered shall be fully type tested as per

relevant standards.

Where permitted in the relevant standard, a test specimen for type test may be a

representative sub-assembly/ a representative functional unit.An individual type test

is acceptable for a change of constructional detail, for any change in the design/type

of type test report and the design/type of offered against this specification, if the

manufacturer can demonstrate and purchaser is satisfied that this change does not

influence the result of the individual type test.The bidder may bring out in their offer

all such changes made in components, materials, design etc. as the case may

be.The purchaser will interpret the meanings of drawings and specifications and

shall have the power to accept/reject any type test report which in his judgment

is/is not in a manner acceptable to him. The decision of Purchase Committee in

this matter shall be final and binding to all.

However, the purchaser reserves the right to demand repetition of some or

all the type tests in presence of purchaser's representative. For this purpose,

the bidder should indicate unit rates for carrying out such type tests. These test

charges shall not be taken into consideration for bid evaluation.

6.3 TEST ON BOUGHT OUT ITEMS :

Tests are not required to be performed on bought out equipments/items like

motor, terminal connector, etc. at the works of manufacturer. Furnishing Test

Certificate of these items from the original equipment manufacturers shall be

Page 70: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/70

deemed to be satisfactory evidence. Inspection of the tests at Sub-contractors

works will be arranged by the supplier whenever required.

6.4 ROUTINE/ACCEPTANCE TESTS :

(i) The following acceptance and routine tests shall be got conducted in presence of

purchaser's representative as per stipulation of the relevant standards, on each

unit.

a) One minute power frequency voltage withstand dry test on main circuit.

b) Voltage withstand test on control & auxiliary circuits.

c) Measurement of the resistance of main circuit.

d) Mechanical operating test.

e) Design and visual checks

(ii) Inspection & tests on control gear.

In addition to the above tests at 6.4 (i) above specified by IEC, the following

shall also be performed at manufacturer's works in presence of purchaser's

representative after completely assembling the kiosk.

a) Checking wiring of circuits and their contacts.

b) Insulation resistance of complete wiring, circuit by circuit with all equipment

mounted on the panels.

c) Checking of operational protective schedule , instruments and meters.

d) Checking of phase faults between R&Y, Y&B and B&R phases. Kiosk should

trip under all three conditions.

(iii) Temp. rise test on one No. Kiosk in the first offered lot shall also be

done in the presence of the purchaser's representative.

(iv) Any other tests not specified above but covered as per amendment/latest

edition of relevant IS/IEC.

6.5 TOLERANCE ON TEST RESULTS :

As per relevant standards/specification.

6.6 TEST AT SITE :

The purchaser reserves the right to conduct all tests on 12 KV circuit breakers

after arrival at site and the contractor shall guarantee test certificate figures

under actual service conditions.

7.0 INSPECTION :

All the tests (as mentioned at Clause 6.4) and Inspection shall be made at the

place of manufacturer unless otherwise especially agreed upon by the bidder and

purchaser at the time of purchase. The bidder shall afford the inspection officer(s)

representing the purchaser all reasonable facilities without charges, to satisfy him

that the material is being furnished in accordance with this specification. The

purchaser has the right to have the tests carried out at his own cost by an

independent agency whenever there is a dispute regarding the quality of

supply.

The Inspection may be carried out by the purchaser at any stage of

manufacture/ before despatch as per relevant standard.

Page 71: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/71

Inspection and acceptance of any material under the specification by the

purchaser, shall not relieve the bidder of his obligation of furnishing material

in accordance with the specification and shall not prevent subsequent rejection if

the material is found to be defective. The Bidder shall keep the purchaser

informed in advance, about manufacturing programme so that arrangements can be

made for inspection.

The purchaser reserves the right to insist for witnessing the acceptance/ routine

testing of the bought out items.

The Bidder shall give 15 days advance intimation to enable the purchaser to

depute his representative for witnessing the acceptance and routine tests.

8. PACKING AND FORWARDING

8.1 The equipments shall be packed in crates suitable for vertical/horizontal

transport as the case may be, and suitable to withstand handling during

transport and outdoor storage during transit. The supplier shall be responsible

for any damage to the equipment during transit, due to improper and

inadequate packing. The easily damageable material shall be carefully packed

and marked with the appropriate caution symbol. Wherever necessary, proper

arrangement for lifting, such as lifting hooks etc. shall be provided. Any

material found short inside the packing cases shall be supplied by supplier

without any extra cost.

8.2 Each consignment shall be accompanied with a detailed packing list containing

the following information :

a) Name of the consignee.

b) Details of consignment

c) Destination

d) Total weight of consignment.

e) Sign showing upper/lower side of the crate.

f) Handling and unpacking instructions.

g) Bill of material indicating contents of each package.

8.3 The supplier shall ensure that the packing list and bill of material are approved by

the purchaser before dispatch.

9. Optional Spares

The bidder shall also recommend optional spares that will be required for

breakers along with their total and unit prices. However, the prices of operation

spares will not be considered for bid evaluation.

10.0 PERFORMANCE WARRANTY PERIOD :

The performance warranty period shall be 5 (Five) years from the date of receipt

of equipment along with its all accessories.

Page 72: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/72

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR 33 KV CONTROL AND RELAY

PANELS 1.0 SCOPE :

1.1 This specification covers design, engineering, manufacture, assembly, shop

testing, inspection and testing before supply and delivery of Control and Relay Panels

for 33 KV circuits to be installed at various 33/11KV sub-stations covered

under Rajasthan and as detailed hereunder

1.2 It is not the intent to specify completely herein all the details of the design and

construction of equipment. However, the equipment shall conform in all respects

to high standards of engineering, design and workmanship and shall be

capable of performing in continuous commercial operation up to the Bidder's

guarantee, in a manner acceptable to the Purchaser, who will interpret the meanings

of drawings and specifications and shall have the power to reject any work or

material which, in his judgment, is not in accordance therewith. The offered

equipment shall be complete with all components necessary for their effective

and trouble free operation. Such components shall be deemed to be within the

scope of bidder's supply irrespective of whether those are specifically

brought out in this specification and/or the commercial order or not.

2.0 STANDARDS :

The Relays, associated components and enclosures shall conform to the latest

issues of standards as given below, except to the extent explicitly modified in

the specification.

________________________________________________________ Indian Standard No. Title ________________________________________________________ IS-3231 Protective Relays IS-8686 Static protective relays IS-1248 General requirements of indicating and integrating meters IS-2705/1981 Current Transformers IS-4201/1983 Application guide for current transformers IS-2419 Dimensions of panel mounting and indicating & recording instruments IS-3156/1981 Voltage Transformers IS-3043/1966 Code of practice for earthing IS-8530/1977 MDI IS-14697-1999 Specification for AC Static Transformer operated watt hour and VAR hour meter 0.2 S and 0.5 S. IEC-62053-22-2003 Specification for AC Static Watt hour IEC-62052-11-2003 meters, class 0.2 S & 0.5 S.

CBIP Technical Specification for AC Static Electrical Report No.88 Energy Meter. revised July, 1996 read with amendment issued (April,99, September,99 and also any other amendment thereafter). IS-9224 HRC cartridge fuse

Page 73: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/73

IS-3202 Climatic proofing for electrical equipment IS-345 Code for wiring numbers IS-6005 Code for practice for Phosphating, Iron and Steel. IS-6875 Control switches (LV switching device for control and auxiliary circuits.) IS-375 Marking and arrangement for switchgear Busbar main connection and auxiliary wiring. IS-1554 PVC insulated cable up to and including 1100 V. IS-5578 Marking & arrangements for switchgear IS-11353 bus bars, Main connections and auxiliary wiring. IS-2147 Degrees of protection provided by enclosures for low voltage switchgear

& control gear IS-5 Colours for ready mix paints IS-8623 Specification for low voltage switchgear and control gear assemblies. IS-13947 Specification for low voltage switchgear and control gear.(Covers degree of protection) ----------------------------------------------------------- 2.1 In case equipment conforms to other International standards which ensure

equivalent or better performance than that specified under clause 2.0 then

the English version of such standards or the relevant extracts of the same

shall be forwarded with the bid and the salient features of comparison shall be

brought out separately in additional information schedule.

3.0 SERVICE CONDITIONS:

3.1 Climatic Conditions: The equipment to be supplied against this specification shall be suitable for

satisfactory continuous operation under the following tropical conditions:

i) Location In state of Rajasthan ii) Maximum ambient air 50 deg C temperature ( deg C) in shade iii) Minimum ambient air -5 deg C temperature (deg C) iv) Average daily ambient 45 deg C air temperature (deg C) v) Max. yearly weighted 35 deg C ambient temperature (deg C) vi) Max. relative humidity 100% vii) Max. altitude above mean Varies from sea level (Metres) 61 Mts. to 815 Mts viii) Average annual rainfall (mm) 15 cm to 100 cm xi) Max. wind pressure (Kg/Sq.mt) 195 x) Isoceraunic level (days/year) 4 Months (June to Sept) xi) Seismic level (Horizontal 0.3 g Acceleration)

NOTE: Hot and humid tropical climate is conducive to rust and fungus growth.

The climatic conditions are also prone to wide variations in ambient

conditions. Smoke is also present in the atmosphere. Heavy Lightning

also occurs during June to October.

Page 74: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/74

3.2 Auxiliary Power Supply :

Auxiliary electrical equipment shall be suitable for operation on the following supply

system:

a) AC Supply 415 V, 3 Phase 4 wire 50 HZ, neutral grounded AC supply (230 V single phase) b) D.C. Alarm, control 110 VDC,2 wire. and protective device

Each of the foregoing supplies shall be made available by the Purchaser at the

terminal point for each board for operation of relays/switches and auxiliary

equipment. Bidders scope include supply of interconnecting cables, terminal

boxes etc. The above supply voltage may vary as below and all devices shall

be suitable for continuous operation over entire range of voltages.

i) AC supply: Voltage +/- 10% frequency +/- 5% ii) DC supply: -15% to +10% 4.0 PRINCIPAL PARAMETERS :

4.01 The C&R panels, required at various sub stations can be broadly classified into

following categories of panels :

------------------------------------------------------------------------- S.No. Particulars. Type of panels Simplex Duplex. ------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. 33 KV C&R panel for controlling (a)HV side of 2 Nos. ) A - of 33/11 KV ) transformers ) 2. 33 KV C&R panels for controlling B - 2 nos. 33 KV feeder circuits. ------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4.02 The requirement of various sub stations will comprise of one or more of these

panels. The simplex panel shall be complete in itself and provided with doors at

the back, while the Duplex panels shall be with end doors which shall be provided

only with transformer panels. The various panels shall generally be equipped

as per Schedule-A. Statement showing CT ratio their technical particulars and

instrument ranges to be provided at various sub-stations are placed at annexure

I & II. Statement showing ratio of voltage transformers and capacitive voltage

transformers proposed to be provided at various sub stations is placed at

Annexure. III.

5.0 GENERAL TECHNICAL REQUIREMENT :

5.01 This specification cover the design, engineering, manufacture, assembly,

inspection and testing before supply and delivery of control and relay board

duly mounted with protective relays, metering equipments etc. required for

the satisfactory operation of radial and interconnected 33 KV lines,

Bus couplers and 33KV side of 33/11KV Power Transformer at various 33/11KV

grid sub stations included in the specification to the satisfaction of purchaser.

Page 75: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/75

5.02 The intention of the specification is to provide protective relaying & metering

equipments on control boards enumerated in the specification and to be

complete in every respect for the functions designated. It is required that

the supplier, in accepting the contract, agrees to furnish all apparatus,

appliances and material whether specifically mentioned or not but which may be

found necessary to complete or test any of the herein specified protective

schemes in compliance with the requirements of the specification without

any extra charges.

5.03.01 Considerations may be given to alternatives which the supplier

considers advisable by reasons of his own manufacturing requirements

and experience, provided descriptive literature is submitted pointing out the

commended device or arrangement as equal to, or superior to that

required by the accompanying specifications.

5.03.02 The each supplier/tenderer should indicate the list of recommended spares

and relays which should be purchased (i.e.P.S. module, spare relays and

contacts, tripping relays).

5.03.03 Each supplier/tenderer should also indicate the list of test kits and test

accessories required to test their relays which should be purchased.

5.03.04 The supplier will give training at the works for the relays which are being

supplied first time to protection engineers free of cost and assist them in field

for commissioning of these schemes (First five) free of cost.

5.04 RELAYING REQUIREMENTS :

5.04.01 The relay offered by the supplier shall comply with the requirements of latest

issue of ISS:3231 & IS:8686 or relevant BSS or IEC and shall be suitable for

operation in the climatic conditions specified under clause 3.1 of this

specification . If complying with a specification other than BSS/ISS/IEC then

an English translation of the same shall accompany the tender.

5.04.02 Each relay shall be provided with dust tight, removable covers with glass/clear

plastic windows. The relay shall be so arranged that on opening the case, it

shall be impossible for any dust which may have collected in or upon the case,

to fall on the relay mechanism. The operation of the relays shall be practically

free from errors due to normal variation in frequency and wave form and

from ambient temperature effects between (-) 5 deg. C to 50 deg.C.

5.04.03 All relay voltage current coils/elements shall be able to withstand the

maximum possible thermal and mechanical stresses likely to be

encountered in service, without damaging the coil/element and mechanical

parts. Each relay coil/elements shall be vacuum impregnated with an

insulating compound and shall be heat and moisture resistant. The continuous

electrical rating of all the coils shall be 110%.

5.04.04 The volt ampere burden of the relay coils shall be low and, as per the best

modern design, shall be such that the setting and calibration will not easily get

Page 76: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/76

out of adjustment. All contacts shall preferably be made of pure silver and

shall be readily renewable and self cleaning type.

5.04.05 Time delay features which depend upon dash pots or other devices which are

appreciably effected by change in temperature or humidity will not be

acceptable. Permanent magnets shall be non ageing type.

5.04.06 Terminal blocks shall have bases and barriers moulded integrally with brass

inserts and shall be suitable for 660 volts service, individual studs or screws

with retainer type washer for terminals shall be provided for each incoming and

outgoing feeders.

5.04.07 All fault detecting relays shall be equipped with operation indicators. In three

phase relays with separate elements, each phase shall have separate

indicator.

5.04.08 Annunciation and alarm circuits shall be operated by contacts on an auxiliary

tripping relay or by a separate relay added for that purpose. All tripping shall

be done by auxiliary tripping relays fed from separate D.C. source thereby

providing isolation of the relaying circuits rom the circuit breaker D.C. control

sources. Auxiliary tripping relays for all protections included in this

specification shall be hand reset type. Transformer auxiliary protection like

winding temperature trip, oil temperature trip, Buchholz trip/alarm and Oil

surge trip shall be through auxiliary relays.

5.04.09 All the relays shall be provided with test blocks in panel so designed that the

relays may be tested in situ. The relays should have provision of testing

either through test block or test plug easily accessible by injecting the

voltage/current/frequency (as applicable) from external testing instruments /

source without first disconnecting / reenergizing the primary electrical circuit

protected by the relays. Facilities for isolating the tripping circuit during

such testing shall be also provided. The requirement of test block shall

not be applicable in case of drawout type relays which can be tested by

using test plug without removing the relay from its casing. Relay TTB shall have

trip bypass arrangement. The testing facilities provided in the relays shall be

specifically stated in the bid. Necessary test plug etc. as may be required

for proper testing shall be included in the contractor's scope of supply. One

test plug with five panels or part thereof are to be supplied.

5.04.10 All relays shall be suitable for 5 Amps. rated C.T. secondary current and

secondary voltage of 110/Root 3 volts between phase and neutral. The

non-directional polarization for earth fault shall, however, be rated for 110V.

The normal frequency will be 50 cycles per second.

5.04.11 All devices required for correct operation of each relay shall be provided by the

supplier without extra cost.

5.04.12 For over current & earth Fault protection, only numerical relay shall be provided.

In three phase protection relay, the setting for over-current element shall be 50-

Page 77: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/77

200% (in step of 10%) and for earth fault element from 10 to 80% (in step of

10%). The numerical relay shall have following features:-

a. Self Diagnosis

b. Minimum last five abnormal events recording (over current & earth

fault) including fault level and phase along with date & time.

c. On-line display of current.

d. Communicable with open Protocol having RS-485 port.

e. The relay should contain four shots, three phase, programmable &

auto reclose control feature. The auto reclosing control feature shall

only be provided for the 33 KV Feeder Type C&R Panel only.

5.04.13 Based on the results of comprehensive test, the tenderer shall declare the

performance of the protective system in terms of the following :

i) Fault setting. ii) Time of operation.

iii) Stability limit. 5.04.14 The bidder must furnish type test reports as per relevant ISS/ IEC along with

bid to suit the environmental conditions of our State, in respect of the relay (of

the type and design offered) which should have been type tested in NABL

accredited test laboratory in respect of such tests for which the lab has been

accredited (for Indian make Relays)/ CPRI/ Nationally accredited testing

laboratory (for Foreign make Relays). These type test reports should not be

older than three years from the date of opening of bid. Bids without Type Test

reports will be treated as Non-Responsive.

5.04.15 MAKE OF RELAYS

The following make of relays are acceptable to Nigam:-

i) AREVA ii) ABB iii) EASUN REYROLLE iv) JVS v) SEL vi) ASHIDA vii) C&S viii) MEGAWIN ix) CGL x) STELMEC

Any other equivalent make of Relay shall be acceptable subject to prior approval of

this office.

5.05 PROTECTION FOR 33 KV SYSTEM :

5.05.1 INCOMER (HV side of 33/11 KV transformer)

Protection will be provided on 33 KV incomer which includes four pole IDMTL

non directional inverse time combined over current & earth fault relay with

instantaneous attachment with stabilizing resistance.

5.05.2 FEEDER PROTECTION

Page 78: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/78

Protection of 33 KV feeder circuits against line faults shall be met by four

pole IDMTL non directional inverse time combined over current & earth fault relay

with instantaneous attachment.

5.06 FAULT/TROUBLE ALARM ANNUNCIATION SCHEME :

5.06.01 Each C/R panel shall be equipped with Annunciation scheme for indicating all

the annunciations required for the trip and non-trip alarms as per

details given hereunder. Each annunciation shall be clearly labelled to

indicate the nature of particular annunciation.

5. 06.02 The following switches shall be provided with the annunciator :

i) A common push button switch near the annunciator unit which when pressed shall

cancel the audible alarm by means of the alarm cancellation relay. The

indication lamps incorporated in the control switch shall remain illuminated, but

shall change from flashing to steady glow.

ii)A common reset push button shall be provided. By pushing this button,

annunciation shall be restored to the normal condition. The lamp incorporated in

the control switch should not glow after resetting all the protection devices.

iii)A test push button switch shall be provided to illuminate all the lamps of the

associated group. As long as the test switch is held in pressed position all the

lamps shall remain illuminated.

5.06.03 Necessary auxiliary relays shall be provided in the annunciator scheme to

indicate each trip alarm individually .Each alarm whether trip or nontrip shall

have visual as well as audible annunciation.

5.06.04 The visual annunciator alarm shall be in the form of flashing display type glow

pattern. The illuminated facias with inscription on the glass transducent plastic to

indicate the operation of particular protection device shall be provided. The

window shall remain illuminated till the particular initiating contact is reset.

5.06.05 As regards the audible indication, the automatic trip of the circuit breaker due to

the operation of protection relays shall be indicated by sounding of a

hooter. All non trip alarms shall be indicated by an alarm bell/ electronic bell.

5.06.06 33 KV Feeder circuits

Following trip/Non trip alarm shall be provided on each panel controlling two

33 KV feeder circuits.

Trip i) Over current Feeder I trip. ii) Earth fault Feeder I trip. iii) Over current Feeder II trip. iv) Earth fault Feeder II trip.

Non trip i) Trip circuit Feeder I faulty.

ii) Trip circuit Feeder II faulty. 5.06.07 33 KV Transformer

Following trip/Non trip alarm shall be provided on each panel controlling 2

Nos. 33 KV Transformer circuits.

Trip

Page 79: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/79

i) Over current HV trip Transformer 1. ii) Earth fault HV trip Transformer 1. iii) Over current HV trip Transformer 2. iv) earth fault HV trip Transformer 2. v) Buchholz alarm Transformer 1 vi) Buchholz alarm Transformer 2 vii) Buchholz trip Transformer 1 viii)Buchholz trip Transformer 2 ix) Oil temperature trip Transformer 1 x) Oil temperature trip Transformer 2 xi) Winding temperature trip Transformer 1 xii) Winding temperature trip Transformer 2 xiii)Oil surge relay trip Transformer 1 xiv) Oil surge relay trip Transformer 2

Non trip i) Trip circuit faulty Transformer 1.

ii) Trip circuit faulty Transformer 2. iii) Minimum oil guage Transformer 1. iv) Minimum oil guage Transformer 2. v) Oil temperature alarm Transformer 1. vi) Oil temperature alarm Transformer 2. vii) Winding temperature alarm Transformer 1. viii)Winding temperature alarm Transformer 2. ix) D.C. under Voltage alarm Transformer 1. x) D.C. under Voltage alarm Transformer 2. 5.06.08 It will be responsibility of the supplier to provide all the alarms and annunciation

equipments required for the safe and efficient operation of the sub stations.

General description of the alarms required are given but the supplier shall

include other alarms that he considers necessary.

5.07 SPECIFICATION OF INDICATING AND INTEGRATING INSTRUMENTS AND

METERS :

5.07.01 All indicating instruments shall be of switch board type back connected suitable

for flush mounting and provided with dust and vermin proof case for tropical

use and finished in black colour. All fixing screws, nuts and threaded parts

shall be designed according to relevant Indian Standards. Ammeters,

Voltmeters, HT Trivector Meters, as well as power factor meters shall be

square pattern and shall conform to the provisions of the latest edition of

IS:2419/1963. Energy meters shall conform to the provisions of relevant

IS amended upto date.

All instruments shall have practical means of adjustment of accuracy. The

limits of errors for ammeters, voltmeters, Power factor meters and watt meters

shall be those permissible for class.1 instruments of switch board type given

in IS:1248. The energy meters shall however conform to class.0.5S accuracy.

The calibration of the instruments shall function satisfactorily when mounted

on steel panels or alternatively magnetically shielded instruments shall be

used.

5.07.02 AMMETERS AND VOLT METERS :

All ammeters and voltmeters shall be of moving iron spring controlled type.

Ammeters shall be provided in all the individual feeder panels and transformer

control panels to indicate the current in all the phases. The ammeters shall be

suitably scaled to indicate the current for all the ratios of current

Page 80: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/80

transformers. A phase selector witch with four position shall be used

to measure the current in all the three phases and in the fourth position the

ammeters shall be out of circuit. The voltmeters shall be provided wherever

asked for in the detailed equipment requirement. A phase selector switch with

six positions shall be used to indicate the voltage between phases and between

phases and earth.

5.07.03 A.C. STATIC H.T. TRIVECTOR METERS :

A.C. Static H.T. Trivector Meter shall be as per latest specification of JVVNL.

The meters shall be located at eye level to facilitate observations of

readings correctly.

Purchaser reserves the right to get energy meters separately purchased from

other source, installed on the control and relay panels to be supplied by the

tenderer under this contract. In that event duly blanked cutout with mounting

arrangement and wiring shall be provided on the control and relay panels as

per details furnished by the purchaser. The price of the control and relay

panel shall be reduced corresponding to the unit price given in the tender.

5.07.04 TESTING BLOCKS :

Testing terminals shall be provided for carrying out calibration tests on Energy

meters, without disconnecting the connecting leads or removing the meters.

The test plug shall be so arranged that when the testing respectable are fitted,

the current and voltage are automatically disconnected from the source and

injection from the separate source is possible.

5.07.05 Unit prices of each metering and indicating instruments shall be given in the

schedule of prices. For making adjustments in the panel mountings depending

upon exact system requirement.

5.08 SPECIFICATION OF CONTROL AND RELAY BOARD

5.08.01 The equipment offered should conform to relevant Indian standards or

equivalent IEC standards. The references of the relevant standard

specifications wherever mentioned in the text of this specification have been

given accordingly. Other authoritative standards which ensure an equal or

better quality than the standards specified will also be accepted.

5.08.02 The Boards shall comprise of cubicles placed side by side to form continuous

boards. The duplex type shall be mounted back to back and so arranged as to

have a covered corridor in between to provide access to the internal wiring.

Hinged lockable access doors shall be fitted at both ends of the corridor and

switch boards interior shall be automatically lit by the opening of these

doors. The control boards for the same line voltages at each sub-station shall

be placed side by side.

5.08.03 For the existing sub stations the tendered shall ensure the matching of control

& relay boards with the existing ones. The complete details of the existing

control & relay panels shall be supplied to the successful tenderer. The

following points shall be particularly coordinated.

Page 81: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/81

i) The height and depth of the panel shall be perfectly matched.

ii) Colour of panels both on exterior and interior shall be matched.

iii)Size and appearance of instruments, control switches and indicating lamps

mounted on the front of the panels shall be matched with the existing ones to

the extent possible.

iv) The size, colour and disposition of the mimic diagram shall be perfectly

matched with the existing scheme.

5.08.04 For other new sub stations, access doors with concealed hinges having a swing

of not less than 1050 mm on full opening of their position shall be provided at

suit-able locations. The equipment specified shall be manufactured in the

manner set out and where not set out, to the reasonable satisfaction of the

purchaser.

5.08.05 The control and relay cubicles shall be of folded type construction. The front

panels, base frame and door frame shall be manufactured from CRCA sheet

steel 10 SWG (3mm) thick, while the side panels, roof and doors shall be

manufactured out of 14 SWG (2mm) thick CRCA sheet steel. The bottom of the

cubicle frame shall be suitable for erection on flush concrete floor. Evenly

spaced grout bolts projecting through the base channels forming members of

the frame shall be used for securing cubicles to the floor. The dimensions of

control and relay panels where no specific matching is required shall be as

follows :

Height : 2312 mm (inclusive of base channel height of 102 mm). Width : 750 mm or suitable to accommodate date equipments Depth Duplex panel. : 610+762+610 mm (Corridor width is 762 mm). Simplex panel. : 610 mm 5.08.06 The front panels of all the cubicles shall be detachable and all inter connections

from the control to the relay cubicles and vice verse shall be through terminal

connectors. The inter connections shall preferably run underneath the top

cover. In order to avoid sectionalizing the leads at two points, the top cover may

be provided with hinges on the part.

5.08.07 The complete switch board shall be dust and vermin proof and shall be suitable

for tropical use. All holes and extension windows in the panels shall be blanked

and access doors shall be lined with compressible line at the edges. The

complete boards shall incorporate all necessary meters, instruments, relays,

control switches, indicating lamps, mimic buses, audible and visual alarms,

horizontal and vertical wiring supports, earth bars, interior lighting

system, terminal blocks, cable glands, fuses, labels, cleats, ferrules, space

heaters, automatic maphore indicators and other necessary equipment.

In the relay panels, it will be the responsibility of the supplier to

make provisions for the leads to be connected to the annunciator

scheme for different trip and non trip alarms. The enclosure shall provide a

minimum degree of protection equivalent to IP51 in accordance to IS2147.

Page 82: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/82

5.08.08 All power and control cables will be connected in separate distributing trenches

running immediately, underneath the control & relay panels. The cables will

branch off into each cubicle through entry holes in the concrete floor opening

in the bottoms of the cubicles. The tenderer shall mark the details of the cable

entry holes, glands and position of grouting bolts to enable the purchaser to

prepare foundations with pockets for grouting bolts while casting floor.

5.08.09 PAINTING :

All unfinished surfaces of steel panels and frame work shall be sand blasted

to remove rust, scale, foreign adhering matter and grease.A suitable rust

resisting primer shall be applied on the interior and exterior surface of steel,

which shall be followed by application of an under coat suitable to serve as base

and binder for the finishing coat.

I) All sheet steel work shall be phosphated in accordance with IS:6005 code

of practice for phosphating iron and steel.

II) Oil, grease, dirt and swarf shall be thoroughly removed by emulsion leaning.

III) Rust and scale shall be removed by pickling with dilute acid followed by

washing with running water rinsing with slightly alkaline hot water and

drying.

IV) After phosphating thorough rinsing shall be carried out with clean water

followed by final rinsing with dilute dichromate solution and oven drying.

V) The phosphate coating shall be sealed with application of two coats of

ready mixed, stoved type zinc chromate primer. The first coat may be "flash

dried" while second coat shall be stoved.

VI) After application of primer two coats of finishing synthetic enamel paint

shall be applied. Each coat shall be applied followed by stoving the second

coat after inspection of first coat of painting. Generally the exterior colour

of paint shall be as per shade 631 of IS5, except where specific matching

is required.

VII) Each of coat of primer and finished paint shall be of slightly different shade

to enable inspection of painting.

VIII) In case the tenderer proposes to follow any other established painting

procedure like electrostatic painting, the procedure shall be submitted

along with the tender for purchaser's review and approval.

5.08.10 PANEL WIRING :

5.08.10.1 All wiring other than for annunciation circuits shall be of switch board type

2.5 sq.mm PVC insulated multi strand tinned copper conductor/ Copper

conductor suitable for 660V service and in accordance with relevant

Indian Standards. For annunciation and alarm circuits, the wiring will be done

with 1.5 sq.mm PVC insulated multi strand copper conductor. Polyvinyl

chloride used shall have excellent resistance against burning, moisture, oil

and vermin and shall be finished with clear colour. Rubber insulated

wiring shall not be acceptable.

Page 83: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/83

5.08.10.2 The wiring shall be supported by plastic cleats/PVC channels. Wires shall be

terminated on to the terminal blocks with annealed and tinned (not soldered)

crimp tag termination, seperate termination being used for each wire, and the

size of termination suited to the size of wire terminated. Wiring shall in general

be accommodated on the sides of the cubicles and the wires for each circuit shall

be separately grouped.

5.08.10.3Wires shall not be jointed or tied between terminated points. At the terminal

connections, washers shall be interposed between terminals and holding nuts. All

holding nuts shall be secured by locking nuts. The connecting studs shall be

secured by locking nuts. the connecting studs shall project at least 6 mm from

the lock nuts surface.\

5.08.10.4Bus wires shall be fully insulated and run separately. Fuses and links shall be

provided to enable all circuits in a panel except lighting circuit to be isolated

from the bus wire. Whenever practicable all circuits in which the voltage

exceeds 125 volts, shall be kept physically separated from the remaining wiring.

The function of each circuit shall be marked on the associated terminal

boards.

5.08.10.5All wiring diagrams for the control and relay Boards shall be drawn as viewed

from the back of the cubicles and shall be in accordance with the relevant I.S.

5.08.10.6Wiring connected to the space heaters in the cubicle shall have porcelain beaded

insulation over a safe length from the heater terminals

5.08.10.7All wiring inter connecting the front panels with the rear panels of the switch

boards over the access shall be wired in gutters held against the ceiling of

corridors by means of screws. As the front and the back panels will be

detachable, the interconnection shall be made through suitable terminal

connectors securely fixed on the panel.

5.08.10.8All voltage bus wiring ,audible and non audible alarm bus wiring, A C & D C

control supply, bus wiring for panel lighting and such other wiring which runs

from panel to panel within the switch board shall be laid out in gutters and shall

be suitably screened.

5.08.10.9All wire shall be suitable for bending to meet the terminal studs at right angle

with the studs and they shall not be skewed .Metal cases of all apparatus

mounted on panels shall be separately earthed by means of flexible copper wire

or strip.

5.08.10.10The following colour scheme of the wiring shall be used :

i) A.C. three phase circuits Colour No. 1 Phase Red No. 2 Phase Yellow No. 3 Phase Blue ii) Neutral Conductor Black iii) Connections to earth Green iv) D.C. circuits Grey 5.08.11FERRULES :

Page 84: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/84

5.08.11.1Ferrules engraved with the same numbers, letters and symbols as indicated in

the connection and wiring diagrams shall be provided on the terminal ends of

all wires for easy identification of circuits for inspection and maintenance.

5.08.11.2Ferrules shall be of strong and flexible insulating material with glossy finish to

prevent adhesion. They shall be engraved and clearly and durably

marked and shall not be affected by dampness.

5.08.11.3Ferrules numbering shall be in accordance with IS:375/1963. The same ferrule

number shall not be used on wires in different circuits on a panel.

5.08.11.4All points of interconnection between the wiring carried out for

equipments for different suppliers, where a change of number can

not be avoided, double ferrules shall be provided on each wire with appropriate

numbers on the changing end. The change of numbering shall be shown on

the appropriate connection wiring diagram of the equipment.

5.08.11.5 Alternatively marking of the wires may be done with legible numbers painted

on the wires.

5.08.12 TERMINAL BLOCKS :

5.08.12.1Terminal block connectors built from cells of moulded dielectric and brass stud

inserts shall be provided for terminating the outgoing ends of the panel wiring

and the corresponding incoming tail ends of control cables. Insulating

barrier shall be provided between adjacent connections .The height of the

barriers and the spacing between terminals shall be such as to give adequate

protection while allowing easy access to terminals. Provision shall be made on

each pillar for holding 10% extra connections. All blocks shall be shrouded by

easily removable shrouds of non inflammable moulded and transparent

dielectric materials.

5.08.12.2The terminal blocks shall be suitable for 660 volts service and for connection

with copper wires.

5.08.12.3Terminal blocks shall be mounted in such a manner as to afford easy access to

terminations and to enable ferrule number to be read without difficulty. Wire

ends shall be so connected to the terminals that no wire terminal number gets

marked due to succeeding connections. In other words ferrule numbering at the

terminals should be unambiguous and fool proof. Terminal board rows shall be

adequately spaced and shall not be less than 100 mm apart so as to permit

convenient access to wires and terminals. Lables in the form of engraved

plastic plates shall be provided on the fixed portion of terminal boards.

5.08.12.4 No live metal parts shall be exposed at the back of the terminal boards.

5.08.12.5 All studs, nuts, bolts screws etc. shall be threaded according to the latest

relevant Indian or equivalent International Standards.

5.08.13 SPACE HEATERS :

Tubular/Rectangular space heaters suitable for connection to the single phase

230 volts A.C. supply complete with switches located at convenient positions

shall be provided at the bottom of each cubicle to prevent condensation of

Page 85: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/85

moisture. The Watt loss per unit surface of heater shall be low enough to

keep surface temperature well below risible heat. Each cubicle shall also be

provided with a switch of appropriate rating for control for space heater.

5.08.14 MIMIC DIAGRAM.

Painted colour bands shall be used for the mimic bus. The Width of mimic

diagram and its colour shall be matched with the existing panel. The mimic shall

represent a single line arrangement of the station switch Yard equipment.

The colour for showing the 33 KV voltage on the mimic shall be sed as green.

However where specific matching is not required the color scheme for mimic

shall be as under :

33 KV - Brilliant Green - Shade 221 of IS 5 11 KV - Signal Red - Shade 537 of IS 5.

The mimic diagram shall be at the eye level. 5.08.15. SEMAPHORE INDICATORS

Automatic ,rotating disc type semaphore indicators for indication of 'Close' and

'open' position of circuit breakers, isolators and earth switches shall be

incorporated in the mimic diagram. Other equipments such as transformers,

voltage Transformers etc. shall be represented by suitable symbols.

The operating coils of the semaphore indicators shall be continuously rated

and shall be operated from 110 volts D.C. The units will operate

satisfactorily between the limits of 80 to 120 percent of rated D.C.

voltage. The Semaphore disc shall have a 90 degree angular movement

clock wise/counter clock wise to show on/off position of the equipment.

5.08.16 INDICATING LAMPS.:

5.08.16.1Indicating lamps shall be provided on the control Board to indicate the

following:

i) Visual indication of 'on' and 'off position of each circuit breaker. ii) Auto trip indication for each circuit breaker. iii) Spring charged indication for circuit breaker. iv) V.T. supply indication on one part of the Panel. 5.08.16.2Each lamp body shall be of moulded insulation and shall be able to withstand

a high voltage of appropriate value. All lamps shall be suitable for 110

volts D.C. supply and shall have low wattage of consumption and shall

provide a wide angle of illumination of sufficient intensity for comfortable

viewing.

5.08.16.3 The `on' and `Off' position indication lamps shall operate at 230 V Single

phase A.C. supply. Automatic change over contactor for changing the 'on'

and 'off' position indication lamps from A.C. supply to D.C. supply shall be

provided to keep the lamps in working condition in case of failure of AC supply.

Suitable ,IVT shall be added wherever there is voltage difference between AC/DC

supply.

Page 86: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/86

5.08.16.4A glass of appropriate colour shall be screwed into the front of the lamps

body. The design of the indication lamps shall be such as to facilitate

burnt lamps. An engraved label indicating the purpose of the lamp shall be

provided with each lamp.The tenderer shall quote unit prices for lamps and

lenses to enable the purchaser to order certain spare quantity along with

the main panels.

5.08.17 SWITCH BOARD LIGHTING :

The switch Board interiors shall be illuminated by incandescent lamps

connected to a 230 Volts single phase A.C. Supply. The illumination of

interior shall be free from hand shadows and shall be planned to avoid any

strain or fatigue to the wireman who may be called upon to do work. A door

operated button switch shall be provided for control of lighting on both

entrances of corridor of duplex C&R panels. In case of simplex panels each

cubicle shall have its own interior illumination lamp operated by respective

door switch.

5.08.18 TRIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION :

For continuous supervision of the trip circuits, continuous trip circuit supervision

relay shall be installed. The relay shall operate self reset alarm contact for

failure of trip supply and open circuit of trip coil or trip circuit wiring. The

relay shall monitor the trip circuit in both close and open position of the circuit

breakers.

5.08.19 TITLE PLATES :

A title plate bearing the name and purpose of each panel shall be fixed on the

top of each control as well as relay panel.

5.08.20 TEST BLOCKS :

Switch board type back connected test blocks with contacts shall be provided

with links or other devices for shorting terminals of CT leads before interrupting

the normal circuit for injection from an external source or for inserting testing

instruments in the circuit without causing open circuit of the CT. The

voltage testing studs shall preferably be housed in the narrow recesses of

the block moulding insulation to prevent accidental short circuit across the

studs. All test blocks for metering and the relays etc. whenever required,

shall be of flush mounting pattern and the number of test blocks being

provided on each control and relay panel shall be stated in the tender.

5.08.21 SAFETY EARTHING :

Earthing of current free metallic parts or metallic bodies of the equipments

mounted on the switch boards shall be done with 2.5 sq.mm PVC insulated

green coloured copper wire. The two ends of this line shall be provided with

crimp tag terminations and connected to a tinned copper earth bar of 25mm x

3mm section running longitudinally at the bottom of the control Board. The

neutral point of star connected secondary winding of instrument transformers

and one corner of the open delta connected LV side of voltage transformers, if

Page 87: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/87

used, shall be similarly earthed by tails connected with the main earth bar at the

switch board earthing system. Multiple earthing of any instrument transformer

circuit shall be avoided.

5.09 CO-ORDINATION :

5.09.01 Circuit Breaker, current transformers, voltage transformers, CVTs, isolating

switches, H.T. TVM carrier equipment etc., are being purchased from other

suppliers and wiring diagrams of these equipments shall be furnished by the

respective suppliers. Supplier of control and relay boards shall be

responsible for preparing complete wiring diagrams and cable schedules

including the control circuits of various equipments and shall also undertake

to mount and wire any equipment received loose from other suppliers.

5.09.02 The control and relay board shall be suitably fabricated to match and arranged

to form one continuous board with the existing panels at various sub

stations wherever mentioned.

5.09.03 The feeder protection schemes proposed to be provided shall be co ordinated

with the existing protection at the remote end of the section. The other

protection schemes, wherever asked for, shall be suitably co ordinated with the

existing protection at the various sub stations. Other coordination work if

required, will also be done without any extra cost by the supplier of control and

relay boards

5.09.04 The supplier shall be solely responsible to propose/select the suitable carrier

frequency for carrier aided protection schemes, meeting the requirement of

our existing systems and arrange allocation of frequency from the wireless

advisor, Govt. of India. All relays/associated equipments shall be supplied as

per frequency finally approved allocated by the wireless advisor Govt. of India

accordingly.

6.0 TESTS :

6.1 TEST BEFORE DESPATCH : The Control & relay Panels and accessories shall be

subjected at maker's works before dispatch, to the following tests as per ISS.

A) ROUTINE TEST ON EACH UNIT AS PER RELEVANT STANDARD IS 8623-1977 :

1) Inspection of wiring & electrical operation test.

2) Dielectric Test.

3) Checking of protective measures & of electrical continuity of the

protective circuit.

6.2 TYPE TESTS :

The 33 KV C&R Panel offered shall be fully type tested as per relevant standards.

However, the purchaser reserves the right to demand repetition of some or all

the type tests in presence of purchaser’s representative. For this purpose, the

bidder should indicate unit rates for carrying out such type tests. These test

charges shall not be taken into consideration for bid evaluation.

6.2.2 A) TYPE TESTS SHALL HAVE BEEN CONDUCTED ON ONE UNIT AS PER RELEVANT

STANDARD IS 8623-1977 latest amended:

Page 88: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/88

1) Verification of degree of protection IP-55 of encloser (i.e. C&R Panel) in

accordance to IS-13947 Part-1.

B) TYPE TEST REPORTS IN RESPECT OF APPROVED MAKE OF RELAYS ARE NOT

REQUIRED TO BE FURNISHED FOR AUXILIARY & OTHER RELAYS (EXCEPT

OVER CURRENT & EARTH FAULT RELAY). THE FOLLOWING TYPE TESTS ARE

REQUIRED TO BE FURNISHED IN RESPECT OF NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT &

EARTH FAULT RELAYS:-

i) Insulation Test.

ii) High Frequency Disturbance Test.

iii) Electrical Fast Transient Test.

iv) Relay Characteristic, Performance & Accuracy Test.

v) Steady State Characteristics & operating time Test.

vi) Test for Thermal requirement.

vii) Test for Mechanical requirement.

viii) Test for rated burden.

ix) Contact performance test.

C) TYPE TESTS TO BE CONDUCTED ON ONE UNIT OF ANNUNCIATOR:

a) High Voltage Test at 2 KV A.C. r.m.s. for one minute

(IS: 3231/IEC 255-4 Clause 12.3)

b) Impulse Test 1.2/50 micro sec. 5 KV impulses (IS: 8686/IEC 255-4).

c) Performance/ Functional Test.

d) Temperature Rise Test.

e) Auxiliary Supply variation Test.

f) High Frequency Disturbance Test (IS: 8686).

6.2.3 However, the purchaser reserves the right to demand repetition of some or all

the type tests in presence of purchaser's representative. For this purpose , the

bidder should indicate unit rates for carrying out such type tests. These

test charges shall not be taken into consideration for bid evaluation.

6.3 TEST ON BOUGHT OUT ITEMS

Tests are not required to be performed on bought out equipments like Relays,

HT TVMs, switches etc. at the works of manufacturer except operational tests.

Furnishing Test Certificate of equipments from the original equipment

manufacturers shall be deemed to be satisfactory evidence. Inspection of the

tests at Sub-contractors works will be arranged by the supplier whenever

required.

6.4 ROUTINE/ACCEPTANCE TESTS :

The following tests shall be got conducted in presence of purchaser's

representative.

1) Checking of wiring of circuits & their continuity.

2) One minute 2 KV insulation withstand test at 50 cycles on all equipments

on the panels & wiring.

Page 89: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/89

3) Insulation resistance of complete wiring circuit by circuit with all

equipments mounted on the panel.

4) Checking the operation, function and calibration of protection schemes,

instruments & meters

5) Checking of colour scheme used in wiring as per following requirement :

i) A.C. three phase circuits Colour ------------------------- ------ No.1 Phase Red No.2 Phase Yellow No.3 Phase Blue ii) Neutral conductor Black iii) Connections to earth Green iv) D.C. Circuits Grey 6) Checking of same ferrule numbers at both ends of wires.

7) Routine tests in accordance with relevant IS or other the international

standards shall be carried out on all the instruments, relays and other

devices or manufacturer's routine test reports shall be enclosed with

inspection report.

6.5 TOLERANCE ON TEST RESULTS :

The tests shall be conducted as per relevant ISS.

6.6 TEST AT SITE :

The purchaser reserves the right to conduct all tests on Control & Relay

Panels after arrival at site and the contractor shall guarantee test certificate

figures under actual service conditions.

7.0 INSPECTION :

All the tests (as mentioned at Clause 6.4) and Inspection shall be made at

the place of manufacturer unless otherwise especially agreed upon by the

bidder and purchaser at the time of purchase. The bidder shall afford the

inspection officer(s) representing the purchaser all reasonable facilities without

charges, to satisfy him that the material is being furnished in accordance

with this specification. The purchaser has the right to have the tests carried

out at his own cost by an independent agency whenever there is a dispute

regarding the quality of supply. The Inspection may be carried out by the

purchaser at any stage of manufacture/ before despatch as per relevant

standard. Inspection and acceptance of any material under the specification by

the purchaser, shall not relieve the bidder of his obligation of furnishing

material in accordance with the specification and shall not prevent

subsequent rejection if the material is found to be defective. The Bidder

shall keep the purchaser informed in advance, about manufacturing programme

so that arrangements can be made for inspection.

The purchaser reserves the right to insist for witnessing the acceptance/

routine testings of the bought out items. The Bidder shall give 15 days

advance intimation to enable the purchaser to depute his representative for

witnessing the acceptance and routine tests. The inspection charges would be to

Page 90: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/90

the purchaser's account (Boarding , lodging and to & fro journies upto the place

of inspection only).

8.0 PACKING AND FORWARDING :

8.1 The loose equipment shall be packed in crates suitable for

vertical/horizontal transport as the case may be and suitable to withstand

handling during transport and outdoor storage during transit. The

Supplier shall be responsible for any damage to the equipment during transit, due

to improper and inadequate packing. The easily damageable material shall be

carefully packed and marked with the appropriate caution symbol.

Wherever necessary, proper arrangement for lifting, such as lifting hooks etc.,

shall be provided. Any material found short inside the packing cases shall

be supplied by Supplier without any extra cost.

8.2 Each consignment shall be accompanied by a detailed packing list containing

the following information :

a) Name of the consignee. b) Details of consignment. c) Destination. d) Total weight of consignment e) Sign showing upper/lower side of the crate. f) Handling and unpacking instructions. g) Bill of material indicating contents of each package.

The Supplier shall ensure that the packing and bill of material are

approved by the Purchaser before dispatch.

9.0 HT TVMs :

9.1 3 phase 4 wire A.C. Static H.T. Trivector meter of accuracy class 0.5S for

measurement of energy as per latest specification of JVVNL, shall be provided.

Following makes of HT TVMs are acceptable:

i) Secure ii) L&T iii) ABB/Elster iv) Schlumberger v) Genus Infra

Any other make being procured by Nigam shall also be acceptable. 9.2 The technical suitability of relays/schemes may also be examined by Protection

Wing & acceptability will be judged appropriately.

10.0 MAKE AND TYPE OF BOUGHT OUT ITEMS :

10.1 The following make of bought out items will be acceptable to department :

----------------------------------------------------------- S.No. Name of Item Make ----------------------------------------------------------- 1. Indicating Instrument AE/IMP/MECO (Analog type) 2. Indicating Instrument AE/IMP/MECO (Digital type) 3. Control Switch for Circuit ALSTOM/RECOM/SWITRON/

Page 91: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/91

Breaker/Trip Transfer. KAYCEE 4. Selector Switch for SWITRON/KAYCEE/RECOM Voltmeter/Ammeter 5. Semaphore Indicator ALSTOM/ DAV IND.(Deepl)/ER 6. Indicating Lamp ALSTOM/TEKNIC/ VAISHNO/DAV Ind. (Deepl) 7. Annunciator MINILEC/YESHMUN/ INSTALRAM/PROTON/ JVS/PRADEEP/ALAN 8. Push Button TEKNIC/VAISHNO/ESSEN DAV Ind. (Deepl) 9. A.C. Hooter/Bell TARGET/INDUSTRIAL HOOTER/ALAN/JVS 10. D.C. Hooter TARGET/INDUSTRIAL HOOTER/ALAN/JVS 11. Heater SOFIA/ELTER/AIREX KAYCEE 12. Link Type test terminal IMP/CAPITAL/ block for testing of TVM DAV Ind. (Deepl) 13. CFL Tube PHILIPS/CROMPTON/BAJAJ 14. 2 Pin/3 Pin socket with ISI MARK Switch (5/15A) Other makes shall also acceptable if it is of "ISI MARK" or type tested for

which tenderers shall furnish attested photostat copies of ISI Certificate/type

test report not older than 5 years for the respective make offered alongwith

tender.

10.2 Make / type of each relay, indicating instruments, integrating instruments,

control switches, selector switches, indicating lamps, semaphore

indicators, annunciator scheme, bell, hooter etc. shall be clearly and invariably

indicated in the GTP (Guaranteed Technical Particulars), bill of material and

unit price list. Only specific make accessories shall be indicated. The word

"EQUIVALENT/REPUTED MAKE" will not be given for consideration.

11.0 GUARANTEE PERIOD OF CONTROL AND RELAY PANELS :

The guarantee period of each control & relay panels along with all accessories

shall be for the period of 5 years from the date of receipt of panel along with

all accessories.

Page 92: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/92

DETAILS OF EQUIPMENTS SCHEDULE-A -----------------------------

1. 33KV CONTROL AND RELAY PANELS FOR CONTROLLING TWO CIRCUIT

BREAKERS FOR HV SIDE OF 33 KV TRANSFORMER : TYPE-A

Equipment for each circuit shall occupy space on front of panel on either side of

vertical centre as under :

For Transformer 1 ----------------- One Section of painted and overlaid mimic diagram for one main and one

auxiliary bus arrangement with symbol.

Three Semaphore indicators for automatic position indication of Isolators.

One Semaphore indicator for automatic position indication of circuit breaker.

One Three position control switch for the circuit breaker with pistol grip handle.

Four Indicating lamps for the following :

i) Circuit breaker `ON' Red.

ii) Circuit breaker `OFF' Green.

iii) Circuit breaker `Auto-Trip. White.

iv) Circuit breaker Amber.

spring charged.

One Flush switch board mounting,144 mm square pattern, moving iron AC

Ammeter of Class.1 accuracy, suitable for 5 Amps. CT secondary current

suitably scaled.

One Ammeter phase selector switch to indicate phase currents in all the three

phases and off position.

One 3 phase, 4 wire, Static HT-Trivector meters of class 0.5S accuracy.

One Four Pole IDMTL non directional inverse time combined over current & earth

fault relay with instantaneous attachment with stabilizing resistance.

One IDMTL non-directional earth fault relay with instantaneous attachment

with stabilizing resistance.

One High speed trip relay.

One Continuous supervision relay for trip circuit healthy check both in closed

and open position of circuit breaker.

One Test terminal block 3 phase 4 wire.

Five Auxiliary relay for transformer trouble.

FOR TRANSFORMER 2 :

Equipments for Transformer 2 shall be identical to Transformer 1 with

following additions :-

Three indicating lamps for the following :

i) VT supply indication (3 nos.) Red, Amber ,Blue

One Flush switch-board mounting, 144mm square pattern, moving iron AC

voltmeter of class.1 accuracy suitable for 110V phase to phase VT

secondary, suitably scaled.

Page 93: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/93

One Voltmeter phase selector switch to indicate phase to phase and phase to

ground voltages of all the three phases.

FOLLOWING EQUIPMENTS SHALL ALSO BE PROVIDED ON THE C/R ANEL IN

COMMON FOR BOTH CIRCUITS.

One 24 way Annunciation windows complete with Annunciator relays for

indicating 8 trip/non-trip alarms individually.

One Set of 3 control Push buttons for `Accept' Reset and `lamp Test ' of

above annunciation scheme.

One Bell for Non trip alarm

One Hooter for trip alarm

One D.C. under voltage relay.

One Space heater with switch.

One 230V A.C. flourcent tube with door switch.

One 3 Pin Socket with switch 15Amp. rating.

One 2 Pin Socket with switch 5 Amp. rating.

2. 33KV CONTROL RELAY PANEL FOR CONTROLLING TWO FEEDER CIRCUIT

BREAKERS. TYPE-B

The C/R Panel shall accommodate equipment’s for two feeders. Each

Circuit shall occupy space on front of panel on either side of vertical centre.

EACH OF THE TWO CIRCUITS SHALL HAVE FOLLOWING EQUIPMENTS:

One Section of painted and overlaid mimic diagram for one main + one auxiliary

Bus arrangement with symbols.

Four Semaphore indicators for automatic position indication of isolators and

earth switch.

One Semaphore indicator for automatic position indication of circuit breaker.

One Three position control switch for the circuit breaker with pistol grip handle.

Four Indicating Lamps for the following :-

i) Circuit Breaker `ON' - Red

ii) Circuit Breaker `OFF' - Green

iii) Circuit Breaker `Auto-trip'-White.

iv) Circuit Breaker

Spring charged -Amber.

One Flush switch Board mounting 144mm square pattern moving iron A.C.

Ammeter of Class-1 accuracy suitable for 5 Amps CT secondary suitably

scaled.

One Ammeter phase selector switch to indicate phase currents in all the three

phases and off position.

One 3 Phase, 4 wire, Static HT Tri-vector meter of class 0.5S accuracy.

One Four Pole IDMTL non directional inverse time combined over current & earth

fault relay with instantaneous attachment.

One High speed trip relay.

Page 94: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/94

One Continuous supervision relay for trip circuit healthy Check both in closed &

open position of circuit breaker.

One Test terminal block 3 phase 4 wire.

FOLLOWING EQUIPMENTS SHALL ALSO BE PROVIDED ON THE C/R PANEL IN

COMMON FOR BOTH CIRCUITS :

One 8 way Annunciation windows complete with Annunciation relays for

indicating 8 trip/non trip alarm individually.

One Set of 3 control push buttons for `Accept' reset and Lamp `Test on

above annunciation scheme.

One 230V A.C. incandescent bulb with door switch.

One Bell for Non trip alarm

One Hooter for trip alarm

One Space heater with switch.

One 3 Pin Socket with switch 15 Amp rating.

One 2 Pin Socket with switch 5 Amp rating.

ANNEXURE-I

33 KV CURRENT TRANSFORMER FOR HV SIDE OF 33 KV TRANSFORMER (RATIO : 240-120-60/5-5A) -------------------------------------------------------- NO OF CORE APPLICATION RATED CLASS OF MAXIMUM MIN. CORES NO. BURDEN ACCURACY INSTRU- ACCU- MENT RACY SECURITY LIMIT FACTOR. FACTOR -------------------------------------------------------------- 2 1. BACKUP 40 VA 5P - 15 PROTECTION 2. METERING 30A 0.5S 5 - ------------------------------------------------------------- 33 KV CURRENT TRANSFORMER FOR 33 KV FEEDER (RATIO : 300-150/5-5A) -------------------------------------------------------------- NO OF CORE APPLICATION RATED CLASS OF MAXIMUM MIN. CORES NO. BURDEN ACCURACY INSTRU- ACCU- MENT RACY SECURITY LIMIT FACTOR. FACTOR ------------------------------------------------------------- 2 1. BACKUP 40 VA 5P - 15 PROTECTION 2. METERING 30A 0.5S. 5 - ------------------------------------------------------------- ANNEXURE-II

Page 95: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/95

INSTRUMENT RANGES 33 KV ------------------------ ----------------------------------------------------- :33 KV SIDE : 33 KV SIDE : S. INSTRUMENT :FEEDER PANEL : TRANSFORMER : NO. : : PANEL : ----------------------------------------------------- 1 AMMETER :0-300 A : 0-240 A : : : : 2 VOLTMETER : - : 0-40 KV : : : : -----------------------------------------------------

ANNEXURE.III ------------ TECHNICAL PARTICULARS OF VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS PROPOSED TO BE UTILISED AT VARIOUS SUB-STATIONS. ----------------------------------------------------------- : DETAILS OF VTs. : :----------------------------- S.NO. PARTICULARS : 33 KV : ----------------------------------------------------------- 1 Type : Outdoor : : : : _ : 2 Rated primary : 33KV/_/3 : voltage. : : : : 3 No. of secondary : Two : winding. : : : : 4 Winding.I : 110/_/3 V : Winding.II : 110/_/3 V : : : 5 Rated burden : : : : : Winding.I : 100 VA : Winding.II : 100 VA : : : 6 Accuracy class. : : : : Winding.I : 0.5, 3 p : Winding.II : 3 p : : : 7 Maximum ratio :Within limits specified by : error with rated :IS:3156 for accuracy class : burden & 5% normal :indicated. : primary voltage. : : : : 8 Maximum phase angle :Within limits specified by : error with rated :IS:3156 for accuracy class : burden & 5% normal :indicated. : primary voltage. : : : : 9 Oil :Transformer oil conforming : :to IS:335. : : : 10 Temperature rise of :Within limits specified : 1.2 times rated :by IS:3156. :

Page 96: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/96

voltage with rated : : burden. : : : : 11 Rated voltage :1.2 continuous. : factor and time. :1.5 for 30 seconds. : : : 12 Temperature for :Within limits specified : 11 above. :by IS:3156. : -------------------------------------------------------

Page 97: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/97

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF MOTORISED RING MAIN UNITS

WITH SCADA COMPATIBILITY

1.0 Scope of work :

Design, Engineering, Manufacturing, assembly, inspection and testing before

dispatch, packing & forwarding and delivery at site/stores of outdoor type compact

11KV Ring Main Units SF6 with Load break Isolators for 11 KV Incoming & Outgoing

cables and VCB for Distribution Transformer with motorization and necessary take

off terminal units for SCADA automations, other accessories and auxiliaries

equipment’s and mandatory spares, described herein and required for their

satisfactory operation in various locations of the Jaipur Vidut Vitran Nigam Ltd., in

following tentative quantity and combinations of load break isolators & breakers and

all these units are shielded in a outdoor metal body with a dielectric media of SF6

gas/ solid state epoxy with provision of additional load break switches and circuit

breakers extensible at both side.

Provision of all the necessary take off terminal for “SCADA READY” Ring Mains

Units capable of being monitored and controlled by the SCADA/DMS.

Each RMU shall include its own power supply unit (including 230 V AC power supply

from nearest JVVNL mains, batteries and battery charger) which shall provide a

stable power source for the RMU. The RMU’s will be connected to the FRTU will be

procured, supplied and installed as a part of R-APDRP Part-B. The RMU shall include

potential free contacts so as to connect to SCADA/DMS via FRTU, so as to

a. Monitor and control the open/close status of RMU circuit breaker and load

break switches.

b. Monitor the local/ remote position of RMU manually-operated switches that

can be used to enable and disable remote monitoring.

c. Monitor the health of the power supply, which will include the battery failure

and low voltage indication.

d. Monitor the open/ closed status of RMU earthing switches.

e. Monitor the open/ closed status of RMU enclose doors in case of hinge door.

f. Monitor of low SF6 gas pressure indication

g. Monitor the circuit breaker relay operation.

h. Monitor for indication of main-circuit fault detected by the RMU’s FPI.

i. FPI reset control

j. Load break switches and circuit breaker open/ close control

1.1 The objective of the RMUs is for extremely small construction width, Compact,

maintenance free, independent of climate, easy installation, operational reliability,

Safe and easy to operate, minimum construction cost, minimum site work and

minimum space requirement. The dimensions of a RMU shall preferably be Approx.

1000X1000X1800 mm (WXDXH).

1.2 The RMUs shall conform in all respects to high standards of Engineering design,

workmanship and latest revisions of relevant standards at the time of offer and

Page 98: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/98

purchaser shall have the right to reject any material which in his judgment is not in

full accordance therewith.

1.3 The type of the 11 KV circuit breaker shall be VCB and insulating medium for load

break isolators, Earth switch, 11 KV Buses and other associated equipment’s should

be SF6 gas / solid state epoxy confirming to relevant IS/IEC.

1.4 Each RMU shall be equipped with all the necessary connectors, terminal blocks and

other accessories that will allow it to be connected to FRTU which will in turn send

required indications and measurement to the SCADA/ DAS via communication

medium.

1.4 The RMU hosing shall have a design such that in the event of an intenal arc fault,

the operator shall be safe. This should be in accordance with IEC 62271-200. The

outdoor RMU must be fully Type Tested for internal arc fault as below.

- For 20KA/1 sec for Main tank hosing the switchgear and breaker

- For 20KA/0.1 sec for the cable compartment.

1.5 As the Ring Main Units will be installed mostly under existing half four pole / two

pole structures, therefore RMUs having FOOT PRINTS that fits exactly underneath

shall be preferred for certain specific requirements.

2.0 STANDARDS :

Unless otherwise specified elsewhere in this Specification, the RMU, Switchboard

(Switchgear), Load break isolators, Instrument Transformers and other associated

accessories shall conform to the latest revisions and amendments thereof of the

following standards.

IEC 60 298/ IEC 62271-200/IS 12729:1988

General requirement for Metal Enclosed Switchgear

IEC62271-102/ IS 9921 Alternating current Dis-connector’s (Load break isolators) and Earthing switch

IEC 62271-100/ IEC 62271-200 Specification for alternating current circuit breakers.

IEC 62271-1/ IEC 60694 Panel , Vacuum Circuit Breakers

IEC 60044-1/IEC 60185/IS 2705:1992 Current Transformer

IEC 62271-103 High voltage switches

IEC 60273/IS :2099 Dimension of Indoor & Outdoor post insulators with voltage > 1000 Volts

IEC 60529/IS 13947(Part-1) Degree of protection provided by enclosures for low voltage switchgear and control gear

IEC 60255 Electrical Relays

IEC 60376 Filling of SF6 Gas in RMUs

The following parts of RMU shall be type tested for Degree of protection:- IP 67 - tank with high voltage components.

IP 2X - front covers of the mechanism.

IP 3X - cable connection covers.

IP 54 - outdoor enclosure/kiosk.

Equipment meeting with the requirements of any other authoritative standards,

which ensures equal or better quality than the standard mentioned above shall also

Page 99: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/99

be acceptable. If the equipment’s, offered by the Bidder conform to other

standards, salient points of difference between the standards adopted and the

specific standards shall be clearly brought out in relevant schedule. In case of any

difference between provisions of these standards and provisions of this specification,

the provisions contained in this specification shall prevail. One Hard copy of such

standards with authentic English Translations shall be furnished along with the offer.

3.0. SERVICE CONDITIONS:

All outdoor Equipment / material to be supplied against this specification shall be

suitable for satisfactory continuous operation under tropical conditions as specified

below:-

1. Maximum ambient air temperature in shade 500C 2. Minimum ambient temperature in shade -2.50C 3. Maximum Relative humidity 90% 4. Minimum Relative humidity 10% 5. Average Annual rainfall 10-100 Cm. 6. Maximum wind pressure (Kg. Per sq. m.) 45 7. Height above mean sea level < 1000 Meter 8. Dust storms are liable to occur during the period March to July 9. Average number of rainy days per annum 100 10. Isoceraunic level (days / year) 40 11. Moderately hot and humid tropical, climate, Yes Conductive to rust and fungus growth 12. Seismic level (horizontal acceleration) 0.08 g Due regard should be given to the climatic/service conditions under which the

equipment is to work. Ambient temperature normally vary between -02.5°C and 50

°C, although direct sun temperature may reach 55 °C. The climate is also

moderately humid and rapid variations occurs, relative humidity between 70% and

90% being frequently recorded, but these values generally correspond to the lower

ambient temperatures. The equipment should also be designed to prevent ingress of

vermin, accidental contact with live parts and to minimize the ingress of dust and

dirt. The use of materials which may be liable to attack by termites and other

insects should be avoided.

4.0 TECHNICAL PARAMETERS OF RMU:

I. 11KV Bus Bar

Type of material : Copper

Current Carrying Capacity : 630 Amps.

Short time rating current for 3 secs. : 20 KA

Insulation of bus bar : SF6/solid state epoxy

Bus bar connections : Anti-oxide grease

II. Parameters for Switch Gear of DT and load break isolators

Type : Metal enclosed

No of Phases : 3

No. of poles : 3

Rated voltage :12 KV

Page 100: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/100

Operating voltage :11 KV(+10% to –

20%)

Rated lightning impulse withstand voltage :75 KV

Rated power frequency withstand voltage :28 KV

Insulating medium :SF6/Solid State

epoxy.

Rated filling level for insulation :0.5 bar/As Per IEC.

Max.permissible site altitude at the above gas pressures:≤1000m

(The operating pressure has to be adjusted for greater altitudes)

Rated short time current :20 KA.

Rated short time :3s

Rated peak withstand current :50 KA.

Operating mechanism : Circuit breaker

with

spring assisted anti

reflex mechanism.

Rated current (Bus): :630 A

Rated current Load Break Isolator: :630 A

Rated current (breaker) :200 A

Circuit Breaker interrupter :Vacuum Interrupter

Rated frequency : 50 Hz

Rated operating sequence :O-3min- CO

Number of mechanical/Remote operations for 1000 Nos.

earthing & Ring switches

Number of mechanical/ remote operations 2000 Nos.

for circuit breakers

III. PRINCIPAL FEATURES:

S. No

DESCRIPTION DT breaker

1 Circuit label Yes 2 Mimic diagram Yes 3 Supply voltage indication Yes 4 Current Transformer Yes 5 Self Powered based Microprocessor based IDMT

Relay (3OC+1EF) Yes

6 Anti–Reflexing Mechanism Yes 7 Interlock to defeat the operation of the line side

earthing when the line side isolator is ON. Yes

8 Interlock to defeat the operation of the earthing when the breaker is in service position and is ON.

Yes

9 Local /Remote Switch Yes 10 Breaker ON/OFF indication Yes 11 Spring Charge indication / Spring assisted

mechanism. Yes

12 Fault Tripping indication Yes 13 Bus bar end caps Yes 14 Whether the SF6 gas pressure gauge indicator and

filling arrangement. Yes

Page 101: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/101

15 Whether the spring assisted mechanism with operating handle for ON/OFF.

Yes

16 Whether the earth positions with arrangement for padlocking in each position and independent manual operation with mechanically operated indicator are provided

Yes

17 RMUs are provided with necessary take off terminals for future SCADA automation.

Yes

IV Load break switch(Isolators) :

Type : SF6/solid state epoxy load breaking and fault making. Rated current : 630 A Fault making capacity (KA peak min.) : 50 KA

V Earthing switch for 11 KV Line side Isolation and DT :

Rated short time current :20 KA. Rated short time :3s Rated peak withstand current :50 KA Interlocking facility: 1) Between 11 KV Line side isolator ‘ON”& Earthing. 2) Between 11 KV DT side breaker on close condition & Earthing.

VI Current Transformers for breaker

CT Type : Tape wound CT Description :The CTs of DT breaker shall be suitable

for sensing the minimum primary variable current in the order of 10-60 A and the secondary current for the CT is 1 A. The CT shall be housed in outside SF6 chamber for testing and Maintenance.

Accuracy Class : Class 10P10 protection Rated burden : Suitable for Self Powered Relay.

5. GENERAL CONSTRUCTION FEATURE FOR RING MAIN UNIT:

The compact RMU shall be designed to operate at the rated voltage of 12 KV. It

shall include, within the same metal enclosure, earthing switches for each Load

Break Switch and Circuit Breaker for earthing each of the devices. Suitable fool-

proof interlocks shall be provided to these earthing switches to prevent its

inadvertent or accidental closing when the circuit is live and the concerned Load

Break Switch/Circuit Breaker is in closed position. The limiting dimensions shall be

preferably around 1000-mm width x 1000-mm depth x 1800-mm height for the

initial two Load Break Switches and one Circuit Breaker. An additional width of

1000-mm for each addition of the Circuit Breaker is allowed. Provision should be

made for extension of few more Circuit Breakers or Load Break Switches on a future

date. The degree of protection required against environment shall be not less than

IPX4 of IS 12063. The Compact RMU shall have atleast an IP54 Protection Index as

per IS 12063 against dust and splashing of water. The active parts of the

switchgear shall be maintenance free and the Compact RMU shall be of low-

maintenance type.

5.1 The Ring Main Unit shall be installed at 11 KV junction points to have continuous

supply by isolating faulty sections. The RMU shall be both side extensible and

Page 102: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/102

consists of the combinations of load break switches and Circuit breakers for a

nominal voltage of 12 KV using SF6 gas/ solid state epoxy as insulating and Vacuum

as arc quenching medium.

5.2 The RMU and combination shall be outdoor metal enclosed type. The RMU metal

parts shall be of high thickness high tensile steel which must be grit/short blasted,

thermally sprayed with Zinc alloy, phosphate and subsequently painted with

polyurethane based powder paint, the overall paint layer thickness shall be not less

than 80 microns.

5.3 Relevant IE rules for clearances, safety and operation inside the enclosure

shall be applicable. The enclosure shall be free from pollution, humidity, dust,

vermin etc. IP-54 and type tested for accelerated aging & weather proof at

EREDA/CPRI/any other testing house meeting PQR.

5.4 All high voltage live parts except for the cable connections shall be insulated with

SF6 gas/solid state epoxy. The SF6 /solid state epoxy enclosure shall be made of

robotically/laser / TIG/ MIG welded stainless steel/ hermetically sealed metalized

cast resin tank without use of sealant, gaskets, ‘O’ rings, etc. and shall be type

tested for IP-67 Degree of protection.

5.5 The cubicle shall be touch proof metallic encapsulation with a electro galvanized

sheet steel of high thickness and provided with a pressure relief arrangement away

from operator.

5.6 RMU should be suitable for motorization in future for remote operation through

SCADA.

5.7 Any accidental over pressure inside the sealed chamber shall be limited by the

opening of a pressure-limiting device in the rear/top part of the enclosure. Gas will

be release to the rear of the switchboard away from the operator to ensure safety of

the operating personnel and all the manual operations will be carried out on the

front of the switchboard.

5.8 The enclosure for switchgear and metallic RMU housing shall have a design such

that in the event of an internal arc fault, the operator shall be safe. This should be

in accordance with IEC 298 & Standard IEC 62271-100/200 and relevant TYPE TEST

certificates shall be submitted.

5.9 The Entire units of RMU shall be in a single compact metal clad weather proof

enclosure, outdoor type suitable for all weather conditions. The switchgear and bus

bar shall all be filled with SF6 at 0.5 bar G/IEC/IS Standards relative pressure to

ensure the insulation and breaking functions. The enclosure must be sealed for life

and shall meet the “sealed pressure system” criterion in accordance with the IEC

298 & 62271-100/200 standard .The RMU must be a system for which no handling

of gas is required throughout the 30 years of service life.

5.10 Suitable temperature rise test on the RMU with enclosure shall be carried out as per

relevant IEC/IS.

5.11 Each switchboard shall be identified by an appropriately sized label, which clearly

indicates the functional units and their electrical characteristics.

Page 103: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/103

5.12 The switchgear and switchboard shall be designed so that the position of the

different devices is visible to the operator on the front of the switchboard and

operations are visible as well.

5.13 The entire system shall be totally encapsulated. There shall be no access to exposed

conductors. In accordance with the standards in effect, the switchboards shall be

designed so as to prevent access to all live parts during operation without the use of

tools.

5.14 The entire 11 KV RMU shall be insulated by inert gas (SF6) / solid state epoxy

suitable for operating voltage up to 12 KV respectively. The 12 KV circuit breakers

must be VCB. It is necessary to fit an absorption material in the tank to absorb the

moisture from the SF6 gas to regenerate the SF6 gas following arc interruption. The

SF6 insulating medium shall be constantly monitored via a temperature

compensating gas pressure indicator offering a simple indication. All the

combination of the RMUs should have the required SF6 insulation by providing

necessary gas chamber capacity. The provision to indicate pressure of SF6 Gas on

RMU Panel shall be provided.

5.15 The tank shall be made of suitable stainless steel/ cast resin tank of adequate

thickness and shall be able to withstand any accidental internal over pressure of at

least 3 bars.

5.16 The Compact RMU shall be suitable for mounting on its connecting cable trench. A

suitably sized nameplate clearly indicating its functional units and their electrical

characteristics shall identify each unit. The positions of the different devices shall be

clearly visible to the operator on the front of the compact RMU and the operations

shall be clearly visible. The compact RMUs shall be such that access to live parts

shall not be possible without the use of tools.

5.17 The design shall incorporate such features to prevent any accidental opening of the

earth switch when it is in closed position. Similarly accidental closing of Circuit

Breaker or Load Break Switch shall be prevented when the same is in open position

from the release of any latch or spring in tension due to vibrations caused externally

or internally and shall prevent accidents.

5.18 Each RMU shall be provided 230 V AC supply from the nearest JVVNL mains which

shall provide a stable power source to RMU and battery charger.

5.19 The compact RMU shall be of single busbar outdoor, tropicalized in accordance with

the relevant clauses mentioned in these specifications. An earth fault passage

indicator using a core balance Current Transformer shall be provided for the

Incomers to assist in identifying the faulty cable section in order to isolate the same.

5.20 The Incomers panel shall comprise of, but not limited to the following:

• A triple pole Solid State epoxy /SF6 Load Break Switch rated 630 Amps or higher,

with a rated making capacity under fault conditions with short circuit levels of 20 KA

or above at 11 KV

• Core balance Current Transformer and earth fault passage indicators (The indicator

flag of the relay shall be visible till such time the relay is reset manually)

Page 104: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/104

• These shall not require any external Power Supply and must be suitable for

unattended places.

5.21 The transformer loop circuit control panels shall consist of but not limited to the

following:

• A triple pole Vacuum Circuit Breaker rated 200 Amps or higher, with a rated making

capacity under fault conditions with short circuit levels of 20 KA or above at 11 KV

• Manually charged spring closing mechanism

• Electronic relay with associated Transformers of accuracy clause 10P10 and tripping

mechanism. CT burden shall be as per requirement of self powered Relay.

• Mechanical "ON", "OFF" indicator

• Manual tripping device

• Mechanical "Spring Charged", "Spring Free" indicator in case of stored energy

devices.

• Provision for retrofitting meters and SCADA System

6. Sulphur Hexafluoride Gas (SF6 GAS) :

The SF6 gas shall comply with relevant standard IEC-376, 376A & 376B and shall be

suitable in all respects for use in 12 KV panels under the operating conditions. The

SF6 shall be tested for purity, dew point air hydrolysable fluorides and water

content as per IEC-376, 376A & 376B and test certificate shall be furnished to the

purchaser indicating all the tests as per IEC-376 for each Lot of SF6 Gas. The

metallic enclosure should be tested for leakage at site.

7. RMU OUTDOOR METAL CLAD:-

The RMU enclosure must be a metallic; it follows an industrialized process of

manufacturing. The RMU shall be of single bus bar SF6 gas/solid state epoxy

insulated outdoor, tropicalised and metal enclosed type. The RMU metal parts shall

be made of high thickness high tensile steel which must be grit/short blasted,

thermally sprayed with Zinc alloy, phosphate and subsequently painted with

polyurethane based powder paint, the overall paint layer thickness shall be not less

than 80 microns. The rating of enclosure shall be suitable for operation on three

phase, three wire, 12 KV, 50 cycles, A.C. System with short-time current rating of

20KAfor 3 seconds with Panels.

TAKE OFF TERMINAL UNITS FOR FUTURE AUTOMATION :

The RMU should be provided with necessary take off terminal units for future

SCADA automations. Both the load break switches and the tee off circuit breaker

shall be suitable for motorization in future.

8. ISOLATORS (LOAD BREAK TYPE) :

The load break isolators for Incoming and Outgoing supply must be provided and

the load break isolators are fully insulated by SF6 gas/Solid State Epoxy. The load

break isolators shall consist of 630 Amp fault making/load breaking spring assisted

ring switches, each with integral fault making earth switches. The switch shall be

naturally interlocked to prevent the main and earth switch being switched ‘ON’ at

the same time. The selection of the main and earth switch is made by a lever on the

Page 105: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/105

fascia, which is allowed to move only if the main or earth switch is in the off

position. The load break isolators should have the facility for future remote

operation. Each load break switch shall be of the triple pole, simultaneously

operated, non automatic type with quick break contacts and with integral earthing

arrangement.

The earthing switch shall also be designed for rated fault making of 50KA for

operator’s safety reasons.

9. SCADA CONNECTIVITY:

Provision shall be made in all the RMUs with necessary take off terminal units for

future automations / SCADA connectivity.

10. VACUUM CIRCUIT BREAKER :

The VCB for the controlling of Distribution Transformer must be provided inside the

outdoor metal clad and insulated by SF6 gas/Solid State epoxy. The VCB circuit

breaker must be a spring assisted three positions with integral fault making earth

switch. The selection of the main/earth switch lever on the fascia, which is allowed

to move only if the main or earth switches is in the off position. The manual

operation of the circuit breaker shall not have an effect on the trip spring. This

should only be discharged under a fault (electrical) trip; the following manual reset

operation should recharge the trip spring and reset the circuit breaker mechanism in

the main off position.

The circuit breaker shall be fitted with a mechanical flag, which shall operate in the

event of a fault (electrical) trip occurring. The ‘tripped’ flag should be an

unambiguous colour differing from any other flag or mimic.

Both the circuit breaker and ring switches are operated by the same unidirectional

handle.

The protection on the circuit breaker shall comprise of the following components:

Protection Relay

• The RMU shall be equipped with self-powered numerical relays, to trip the RMU

circuit breakers.

General

• The Circuit Breaker in the RMU shall be fitted with a communicable-type, self-

powered numerical relay, i.e., one for each outgoing circuit breaker. The

protection relay ’s auxiliary contracts shall be hardwired to the RTU. The relay

shall also interface with the RTU via an Rs. 232/485 port in order to send, as a

minimum, real-time readings using the open protocol.

• The numerical relay shall be self- powered and should provide Inverse Definite

Minimum Time (IDMT) and Instantaneous protection characteristics. ON this

basis, the relay as a minimum shall provide.

• Phase Over current Protection (50/51)

• Earth Fault Protection (50N/51N)

Page 106: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/106

• The relay shall be provided with an input for remote tripping. Which shall be

realized via an electric output pulse even without presence of phase current. A

flag indicator shall be installed for signaling the occurrence of trip conditions.

Features and Characteristics

• The numerical relay shall have the following minimal features and characteristics

noting that variations may be acceptable as long as they provide similar or

better functionality and/or fallibility.

• It shall be housed in a flush mounting case and powered by the RMU power

supply unit.

• It shall have three phase over current elements and one earth fault element.

• IDMT trip current settings shall be 50-200% in steps of 1% for phase over

current and 10-80% in steps of 1% for earth fault.

• Instantaneous trip current settings shall be 100-3000% in steps of 100% for

phase over current and 100-200% in steps of 100% for earth fault.

• Selectable IDMT curves shall be provided to include, for example, Normal

Inverse, Very Inverse, Extreme Inverse, Long Time Inverse, and Definite Time.

Separate curve settings for phase over current and earth fault shall be

supported.

• For IDMT delay multiplication, the Time Multiplies setting (TMS) shall be

adjustable from 01 to 0.1 in 0.1 steps.

• The relay shall also be provided with :

- Alphanumeric Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) for relay setting.

- Communications via a MODBUS RS 232/RS485 port to provide the RTU

(and hence the DAS) with phase current measurements. It is also

desirable that this same means of communication can be used by the

RTU to send setting and control commands to the relay.

- Parameter change capability that is password protected.

The protection system should be suitable for protecting transformers of rated power

from100 KVA to 1000 KVA . The relay should be housed within a pilot cable box

accessible. A facility of provision for the delay of transformer in-rush current shall be

provided on relay to avoid nuisance tripping. Outlived/ defective batteries wherever

provided shall be replaced promptly during the Guarantee period of RMU.

11. BUSHINGS :

The units are fitted with the standardized bushings that comply with IEC standards.

All the bushings are the same height from the base and are protected by a cable

cover. All the bushings shall be Partial Discharge free & preferably Laser

welded with the SS container in case of stain less steel tank type RMU.

12. CABLE BOXES :

All the cable boxes shall be air insulated suitable for dry type cable terminations.

The cable boxes at each of the two ring switches shall be suitable for accepting HV

cables of sizes 3c x 300 / 3c x 185 sq.mm and circuit breaker cable be suitable up

to 3c x 70 sq.mm.

Page 107: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/107

• Necessary Right angle Boot should be supplied to the cable terminations. The

type of the Right angle Boot should be cold applied insulating Boot.

• A non Ferro- magnetic cable clamp arrangement for 3 core XLPE cables must be

provided for all cables terminated on the RMU. Glands in the base plate of the

RMU shall be provided for proper Cable termination.

13. FAULT PASSAGE INDICATORS (FPI): This shall be integral part of the RMU and shall be provided to assist in identifying

the faulty cable section in order to isolate the same. The Fault Passage Indicators

(FPI) shall have automatic rest facility and shall be suitable for trouble free

operation. The indicator flag of the relay shall be visible till such time the relay is

reset. LED indicating bulb should be provided for better visibility particularly in day

time.

The FPI shall be mounted on the each of the Load Break Switch unit enclose along

with its integral CT for phase and earth fault monitoring. The FPI shall either be self

-powered type requiring no auxiliary power or build-in batteries.

The FPIs shall include :

Fault detection – phase to phase and phase to earth faults

Potential free output contacts for hard wiring to FRTUs. On this basis, the

SCDA/DMS will be able to monitor phase/ earth fault condition.

Local fault indications – LED display on FPI front panel along with LED indication on

front panel of RMU enclose.

FPI shall be self-rest type upon fault indication.

The characteristic of the FPIs shall include :

Phase fault threshold configurable from at least 250 to 625 Amp.

Earth fault threshold configurable from at least 40 to 100 Amp.

Number of steps for adjusting phase and earth fault threshold at least four.

Fault current duration range configurable from at least 40ms to 500 ms in 20 ms

steps.

Variation with respect to these characteristic may be acceptable as along as they

prove applicable and provide the same or better flexibility.

14. CABLE TESTING FACILITY :

It shall be possible to test the cable without opening the cable boxes or ‘where

there is no provision for testing the cable without opening the door or cover’,

opening of door or cover should not be possible unless the earthing switch is closed

as per IEC 298 clause 5.102.4. The cable testing should be possible without

dismounting the cable plugs but the after opening the cable covers.

15. VOLTAGE INDICATOR LAMPS AND PHASE COMPARATORS :

The RMU shall be equipped with a voltage indication to indicate whether or not there

is voltage on the cable. There should be a facility to check the synchronization of

phases with the use of external device. It shall be possible for the each of the

function of the RMU to be equipped with a permanent voltage indication as per IEC

601958 to indicate whether or not there is voltage on the cables. The indicating

lamp shall be LED type for better visibility during day light.

Page 108: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/108

16. EXPANDABILITY :

Each combination of RMU shall have the provision for future extension on both sides

by load break isolators / Circuit breakers, with a suitable trunking chamber and

accessories and necessary Bus Bar. Extensible isolator(s) and circuit breaker(s) shall

be individually housed in a separate SF6 gas/Solid State epoxy enclosures. Even in

case of extensible circuit breakers, the Breaker should be capable of necessary

short circuit operations as per IEC at 20 KA, and the Breaker should have a rated

current carrying capacity of 200 A.

17. BUS COUPLER/ BUS BAR SECTIONALISER WITH LOAD BREAK SWITCH

The load break switch of the Bus bar Sectionaliser shall be rated for 12 KV, 630A,

20KA for 3 secs. The LBS should be housed in a SF6/solid state epoxy Insulated

stainless steel / cast resin enclosure conforming to IP-67 Degrees of protection and

shall be with motorized mechanism. The sectionaliser shall be provided with all the

necessary electrical and mechanical interlocks required for proper functioning with

the Incomers.

18. Surge Voltage suppression :

The RMU shall be designed to operate on input power containing voltage spikes. The

equipment shall be protected against part failure or malfunctioning such as

intermittent firing of triggering devices due to surge voltage spikes occurring

randomly over the instantaneous supply voltage.

The RMU shall be equipped with a surge suppressor device connected to the 3 –

phase of the 11 KV bus of the RMU. The surge suppressor device shall confirm to

the relevant IS standard or IEC standard.

19. PADLOCKING FACILITIES

Provision shall be made for padlocking the load break switches/ Circuit breaker, and

the earthing switches in either open or closed position with lock & master key. The

circuit breakers and earthing switches can be locked in the open or closed position

by 1 to 3 padlocks 6 to 8 mm in diameter.

20. WIRING & TERMINALS:

The wiring should be of high standard and should be able to withstand the tropical

weather conditions. The wiring cable must be standard single-core non-sheathed,

Core marking (ferrules), stripped with non-notching tools and fitted with end

sleeves, marked in accordance with the circuit diagram with printed adhesive

marking strips. All wiring shall be provided with single core multi-strand copper

conductor wires with P.V.C insulation and shall be flame retardant low smoke type.

The wiring shall be carried out using multi-strand copper conductor super flexible

PVC insulated wires of 650/1100V Grade for AC Power, DC Control and CT circuits.

Suitable colored wires shall be used for phase identification and interlocking type

ferrules shall be provided at both ends of the wires for wire identification. Terminal

should be suitably protected to eliminate sulphating. Connections and terminal

should be able to withstand vibrations. The terminal blocks should be stud type for

Page 109: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/109

controls and disconnecting link type terminals for CT leads with suitable spring

washer and lock nuts.

Flexible wires should be used for wiring of devices on moving parts such as swinging

Panels (Switch Gear) or panel doors. Panel wiring shall be securely supported,

neatly arranged readily accessible and connected to equipment terminals, terminal

blocks and wiring gutters. The cables should be uniformly bunched and tied by

means of PVC belts and carried in a PVC carrying trough.

The position of PVC carrying trough and wires should not give any hindrance for

fixing or removing relay casing, switches etc., Wire termination shall be made with

solder less crimping type of tinned copper lugs. Core identification plastic ferrules

marked to correspond with panel wiring diagram shall be fitted with both ends of

each wire. Ferrules shall fit tightly on the wire when disconnected. The wire number

shown on the wiring shall be in accordance with the IS.375.

All wires directly connected to trip circuits of breaker or devices shall be

distinguished by addition of a red color unlettered ferrule.

Inter-connections to adjacent Panels (Switch Gear) shall be brought out to a

separate set of Terminal blocks located near the slots or holes to be provided at the

top portion of the panel. Arrangements shall be made for easy connections to

adjacent Panels (Switch Gear) at site and wires for this purpose shall be provided

and bunched inside the panel. The bus wire shall run at the top of the panel.

Terminal block with isolating links should be provided for bus wire. At least 10% of

total terminals shall be provided as spare for further connections. Wiring shall be

done for all the contacts available in the relay and other equipment and brought out

to the terminal blocks for spare contacts. Colour code for wiring is preferable in the

following colours.

Voltage supply : Red, Yellow, Blue for phase and Black for

Neutral

CT circuits : Similar to the above

DC circuits : Grey for both positive and negative

• 250V AC circuits : Black for both phase and neutral

Earthing : Green

The wiring shall be in accordance to the wiring diagram for proper functioning of the

connected equipment. Terminal blocks shall not be less than 650V grade and shall

be piece-molded type with insulation barriers.

The terminal shall hold the wires in the tight position by bolts and nuts with lock

washers. The terminal blocks shall be arranged in vertical formation at an inclined

angle with sufficient space between terminal blocks for easy wiring.

The terminals are to be marked with the terminal number in accordance with the

circuit diagram and terminal diagram. The terminals should not have any function

designation and are of the tension spring and plug-in type.

21. EARTHING :

Page 110: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/110

EARTHING OF ISOLATORS AND DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMER

BREAKERS (EARTH SWITCH) :

Necessary arrangements shall be made at Load break isolators / Distribution

Transformer Breaker for selecting Earth position. Mechanical interlocking systems

shall prevent the RMU function from being operated from the ‘ON’ to ‘Earth On’

position without going through the ‘OFF’ position.

The RMU outdoor metal clad, Switch Gear, Load break isolators, Distribution

Transformer ,LT pillar box, & steel structure etc., shall be equipped with an earth

bus securely fixed along the base of the RMU.

When several units of the RMU (Extra Isolators / Breakers) are mounted adjoining

to each other, the earth bus shall be made continuous and necessary connectors

and clamps for this purpose shall be included in the scope of supply. The size of the

earth bus shall be made of IEC / IS standards with tinned copper flat for RMU

earthing. Provision shall be made on end of RMU for connecting the earth bus to the

earth grid.

All metal parts of the switchgear which do not belong to main circuit and which can

collect electric charges causing dangerous effect shall be connected to the earthing

conductor made of copper having Cross Sectional area of minimum 75 mm″. Each

end of conductor shall be terminated by M12/equivalent quality and type of terminal

for connection to earth system installation. Earth conductor location shall not

obstruct access to cable terminations.

The following items are to be connected to the main earth conductor by rigid or

copper conductors having a minimum cross section of 75 mm″ (a) earthing switches

(b) Cable sheath or screen (c) capacitors used in voltage control devices, if any.

All metallic cases of the relays, instruments and other panel mounted Equipment’s

shall be connected to the earth bus by independent copper wires of size shall be made

of IEC/IS standards. The colour code of earthing wire shall be green. Earthing wires

shall be connected on the terminals with suitable clamp connectors only and soldering

shall not be permitted.

22. ACCESSORIES & SPARES:

The following spares and accessories shall be supplied along with the main

equipments at free of cost:-

1. Charging lever for operating load break isolators & circuit breaker of each

RMU

2. Kit for identifying SF6 gas leakage – 5 numbers

3. All pressure gauges indications – 5 numbers

4. Necessary SF6 gas filling plant with adopter and tools etc for filling SF6 gas

at Site --2 Nos

5. Necessary gas cylinders with adopter ,pressure gauge for storage of SF6

gas –2 Nos

6. Any other spares & Tools, which are all essentially required at the time of

emergency and routine maintenance.

Page 111: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/111

The following accessories shall be supplied with each compact RMU at free of cost:

1. Pad locks for all doors with one set (3 Nos.) Master keys

2. Earth bus formed out of 30X5 mm tinned Copper flat.

3. Wire guard protective mesh on the front doors and back for prevention of

pasting of papers etc.

4. Base channel with foundation bolts

5. Live part shrouds, danger plates, caution boards, name plates, rating plates

etc. as per requirements

6. All other components, even though not specifically mentioned, but required

for the safe operation of the unit.

23. TESTING OF EQUIPMENT & ACCESSORIES:

23.1 INSPECTION & TESTIMG :

The inspection may be carried out by the JVVNL at any stage of manufacture. The

supplier shall grant free access to DISCOM’s representative at any reasonable time

when the work is in progress. Inspection and acceptance of any equipment under

this specification by the DISCOM shall not relieve the supplier of his obligation of

furnishing equipment in accordance with the specification and shall not prevent

subsequent rejection if the equipment is found to be defective.

The supplier shall keep the DISCOM informed in advance, about the manufacturing

programme so that arrangement can be made for inspection. The JVVNL reserves

the right to insist for witnessing the acceptance/routine testing of the bought out

items. The JVVNL has rights to inspect the supplier’s premises for each and every

consignment for type & routine test.

No material shall be dispatched from its point of manufacture unless the material

has been satisfactorily inspected and tested / unless the same is waived by the

JVVNL in writing.

23.2 ACCEPTANCE AND ROUTINE TESTS :

All acceptance and routine tests as stipulated in the latest relevant IS/IEC shall be

carried out by the supplier at his works in the presence of Nigam’s representative.

The supplier shall give at least 15 days advance intimation to the DISCOM to enable

them to depute their representative for witnessing the tests. The cost towards these

tests and other expenses shall be borne by the supplier.

23.3 ADDITIONAL TESTS :

The DISCOM reserves the right for carrying out any other tests of a reasonable

nature at the works of the supplier/laboratory or at any other recognized

laboratory/research institute in addition to the above mentioned type tests,

acceptance and routine tests at the cost of the DISCOM to satisfy that the material

complies with the intent of this specification.

23.4 TYPE TEST

The successful bidder should, submit copies of all Type test certificate of their make

in full shape as confirming to relevant ISS/IEC of latest issue obtained from a

Page 112: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/112

laboratory/ testing house as detailed in Pre Qualifying Requirement (PQR) attached

with.

The above type test certificates should accompany the drawings for the materials

duly signed and certified by the institution who has issued the type test certificate.

The following type test certificate shall be provided:

23.5 PRE-COMMISSIONING TESTS :

All the pre-commissioning tests shall be carried out by Nigam representative in the

presence of the supplier’s representative (if wish to present), for which 7 day

advance intimation will be issued by field officer to the firm.

24.0 PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE

23.1 The performance Guarantee period shall be 5 (Five) years from the date of receipt

of equipment along with its all accessories.

23.4 These guarantees shall supplement the general provisions covered under General

Conditions of Contract in clause entitled “Guarantee”.

23.5 Liquidated damages for not meeting specified performance shall be assessed and

recovered from the supplier. Such liquidated damages shall be without any

limitation whatsoever and shall be in addition to damages, if any payable under any

other clause of General Conditions of Contract.

25.0 NAME PLATE:

Each RMU and its associated equipments shall be provided with a nameplate legible

and indelibly marked with at least the following information.

(a) Name of manufacturer (b) Type, design and serial number (c) Rated voltage and current (d) Rated frequency

S. No. Name of Type Test

01. Short time current withstand test and peak current withstand test. 02. Lightning Impulse voltage with-stand test

03. Temperature rise test

04

Short Circuit current making and breaking tests � CB � Isolator

05. Power frequency voltage withstand test (dry/wet) 06 Capacitive current switching test confirming to IEC 07. Mechanical Endurance Test confirming to IEC / 08 Measurement of the resistance of the main circuit. 09 Checking of degree of protection 10 Switch, circuit breaker, earthing switch making Capacity

� CB � Earth Switch

11 Switch, circuit breaker, earthing switch breaking Capacity � CB

12 Internal Arc Withstand 13 Partial Discharge test on Complete RMU 14 Other type & routine tests insists by IEC for RMU

Page 113: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/113

(e) Rated symmetrical breaking capacity (f) Rated making capacity (g) Rated short time current and its duration (h) Purchase Order number and date (i) Month and Year of supply & Expiry of Guarantee period (j) Rated lighting impulse withstand voltage (k) D.C. component of current. (l) Feeder name(Incoming and Out going),DTs Structure name,11000Volts Dangers etc. NOTE:i) The word rated need not appear on the name plate. Recognized

abbreviations may be used to express the above particulars.

ii)Whether the circuit breaker is fitted with closing/tripping devices

necessitating an auxiliary supply shall be stated either on the circuit breaker

name plate or any other acceptable position.

B) TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF RING MAIN UNITS FULLY MOTORIZED AND

SCADA COMPATIBILE

Nigam is also intend to purchase RMU fully motorized with SCADA compatibilty for

which additional features shall be incorporated in addition to metioned in the above

specification of RMU having provision for future motorization & SCADA compatibility

to fullfill the following requirement :-

i) Both LBS & T-off VCB shall be compatible for remote operation through SCADA.

ii) Fault Passage Indicator (Non-communicable) shall be provided with potential free

contacts for SCADA compatibilty & should have provision for remote reset.

iii) Protection & auxialry relay should have self resetting feature as well as remote

resetting feature.

iv) status (Potential free contacts) signal to SCADA – to be wired to marshalling

terminal block:

• LBS close/open • LBS & CB Earth switch close/open • Battery Charger Fail • CB close/open • Protection relay operated • FPI operated • SF6 gas pressure low • Trip Coil healthy • Local remote • Spring charge • RMU door open • Power supply healthy

v) Commands from SCADA – to be wired to marshalling terminal block: LBS

clsoe/open, CB close/open, FPI Reset etc.

The following are the specific requirement for SCADA connectivity & motorization:

• Each RMU shall be fitted with a power supply, including batteries and battery

charger, suitable for operating the motors of the on-load Isolators and Circuit

Breakers. On this basis, the following operational specifications shall apply.

• The Power supply unit shall conform to the following requirements :-

- Input : 230 V AC from the nearest JVVNL mains

- Output : Stable 24/48 V DC.

Page 114: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/114

- The Power supply

• The batteries shall have sufficient capacity to supply power to the following

devices with a nominal backup of 4 hours

- RMU’s motors for a minimum of five (5) operations.

- RMU’s trip coils, close coils, FPI (in case required).

• The batteries shall be of sealed lead acid VRLA or dry type and shall have a

minimum life of vie (5) years at 25 C.

• The battery charger shall be fully temperature compensated.

• The prevent deep discharge of the batteries on loss of AC power source, the

battery charger shall automatically disconnect all circuitry fed by the batteries

following a user-adjustable time period or when the battery voltage falls below a

preset value. If the battery voltage falls below the preset value, the time to fully

recharge all batteries shall not exceed twenty-four (24) hours.

• An automatic battery checking device shall be provided to check the battery’s

health and initiate a battery-failed alarm signal in case battery deterioration is

detected. Such detection may be based on comparing measurement values with

set values with set values (e.g., internal resistance, voltage, etc.)

• The battery charger shall be provided with an alarm displayed at the local

control panel and remotely at the DAS to account for any of the following

conditions.

- Low battery voltage

- High battery voltage

- Battery failed

- Battery charger over voltage

- Grounded battery/battery-charger

- Others according to manufacture’s design

Motor :

• The RMU shall be fitted with spring charging motors of high insulation class

allowing the circuit breakers and load break switches to be operated without

manual intervention.

• In addition to allowing circuit breaker tripping by the RMU’s protection relays,

the moterized operating mechanism shall be suitable for remote control by

the SCADA.

• The motors along with the supplied control card and push buttons shall allow

Utility’s personnel to electrically operate the circuit breakers and load break

switches at site without any modification of the operating mechanism and

without de-energizing the RMU.

Page 115: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/115

SPECIFICATION FOR 33KV OUTDOOR LOAD BREAK SWITCH WITH

REMOTE COMMUNICATION CAPABILITIES

1. Scope:-

This specification covers requirement for outdoor pole mounted Load break switch

(LBS) with capability of being integrated with any SCADA system using FRTUs. The

load break switch shall be designed for pole mounted or substation installation. All of

the unit’s protection, control and metering functions shall be electronically controlled

within an integrated, modularized control unit. The load break should be capable of

effectively extinguishing the arc by injecting the air through the pressurized chamber.

Use of SF6 gas for either insulation or arc extinguishing is not permissible due to its

harmful greenhouse effects.

2. General:-

The LBS shall be suitable for use on non-effectively earthed and effectively earthed

networks and under the system conditions and service conditions as follows:

1 Rated Voltage kV 33

2 Highest System Voltage kV 36

3 Rated Normal Current A 800

4 No. of Poles 3

5 Switch Type

Air Break Load Break

Switch

6 Operating Condition

Vertical/Horizontal

Break, Outdoor Type

7 Applicable Standard IEC 62271-103

8 Temperature

-10 degrees C to +55

degrees C

9

1 min power frequency

(Across / Phase-Earth) kV 80 / 70

10

Lightning Impulse withstand voltage

(1.2/50 us) (Across / Phase-Earth) kV 195 / 170

11 Rated Frequency Hz 50

12 Rated Short-time withstand current kA, s 16 for 3 seconds

13 Short Circuit Making Current (TDma)

kA

peak 40

14 Breaking/Interrupting Medium Air (Solid State)

15 Isolating Medium Air

16 Insulator Type Polymer

17 Creepage Distance (Minimum) mm 900

18 Operating Mechanism

Motorized and

Manual

19 Mounting of Motor / Motor Operating On the Pole with the

Page 116: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/116

Mechanism switch

20 Closing Time ms < 1000

21 Opening Time ms < 1000

22 Suitable for future SCADA Yes

23 Padlocking facilities Yes

3. Construction:-

The R,Y,B three-phase of the load break switch is installed on one great sectional

galvanized square steel base, joint together with one integrative drive axis inter-

phase to ensure for closing and opening three poles synchronously.

The arching chamber should be maintenance-free, which should operate at the time

of closing and opening. Being the heart of the load break switch, it should be

capable of extinguishing the arc formed when operated on full load. There shall not

be any requirement of external energy for holding the position CLOSE or OPEN. The

use of HV/LV solenoids is not acceptable.

Oil / SF6 is not acceptable for interruption or insulation purposes. The unit shall be

designed for M1 class for mechanical endurance.

Provisions shall be included for electrical close, and electrical and manual trip. Each

pole of the LBS shall be identical to allow complete replacement of any individual

pole, without disassembly or replacement of the other poles. All parts must be field

replaceable. The LBS shall be suitable for mounting on channel on D.P. Structure.

There should be no connecting rods / operating rods / down pipe which connects the

switch mechanism to the control box located below. The motor and gears should be

fitted with the switch on the pole with only wires coming down for connection with

the control box.

Depending on the design, each phase should have 2/3 insulators for fixed contacts

and pads and for operation of the moving contact.

The fixed contact, moving contact and terminal pads must be made of hard drawn

electrolytic copper. The current density for fixed contact, moving contact and

terminal pads must be minimum 2.0A/sqmm.

4. Mechanism:-

The load break switch should compose of a disconnect blade, an arc extinguishing

chamber in air and an operating mechanism. The arc extinguishing chamber should

be made of insulating material with the merits of high electric performance, arc-

endurance and high strength. The chamber should have a built-in spring with fast

acting mechanism which ensures breaking of load current, hence being free from

operating speed of the user. The arching gap and disconnect gap of the load break

switch should be parallel in the course of opening and closing.

This load break switch should be operate-able by a manual linking rod or motor

operating mechanism. There should be a visible gap of switch after opening to

produce functions of isolation and protection. The blade of the switch should use

press spring to assure enough connection pressure to the contact. By use of the

Page 117: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/117

spring the operation should be made convenient, the blade stable and the reliability

of opening-closing operation should be guaranteed. The switch should open or close

under rated load current and not require any secondary protection device.

The load break switch should work on the principle of extinguishing the arc by a

blast of compressed air produced by the switch itself while opening the main moving

contact tube.

5. Solid Dielectric Insulation:-

The phase to phase shall be adequate for meeting the dielectric requirements. The

creepage distance of insulators shall be minimum 900 mm to ensure the safety even

in worst case failures of the quenching device. Use of boots or screw on bushings to

meet Creepage is not acceptable.

The switch will go through high vibrations due to fast operations and the high

creepage will give added safety.

The distance between pole to pole when the switch is open should take into

consideration of the case when the chamber does not operate.

6. Adding SCADA compatibility:-

The load break switch should be capable of being integrated with SCADA functions

using an FRTU (Feeder Remote Terminal Unit). The load break switch should be

capable of reporting switch ON/OFF status and should be capable of being operated

(OPEN/CLOSE) by GPRS function.

7. Control equipment

7.1 Control cabinet:-

The control cabinet of the LBS should be capable of locally and remotely operating

the LBS. It should be capable of sending the status of ON/OFF to the control room

at the substation through a wire.

The control cabinet should take an input of 220VAC/110VDC, which will be specified

in the tender document, which is used to operate the motor and send a logical 1 or

0 to the control room indicating ON/OFF respectively.

The control for the LBS shall be capable to be integrated with a high end SCADA

compatible numerical relay which has inbuilt UPS and power control electronics

cabinets that houses equipment for protection and control and shall be mounted

independently of the LBS.

The cabinet of the LBS should be capable of shall be adequately sealed and dust

protected and shall be internally treated to prevent moisture condensation. The

degree of protection shall be suitable for Outdoor installation. The cabinet must be

made of stainless steel. Mild Steel or Aluminium will not be acceptable.

The door of the cabinet shall be fitted with a robust fastening arrangement that is

capable of being secured by a padlock.

The control must have Open and Close pushbuttons.

8. REQUIREMENTS

8.1 General

The load break switch shall be suitable for use on non-effectively earthed and

Page 118: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/118

effectively earthed networks and under the system conditions and service

conditions as follows:

S. No. Item Data

1 Operating Mechanism LV Motor

2 Altitude Up to 3000 m;

3 Ambient Temperature Minimum- -10°C;

Maximum- 55°C;

4 Maximum Daily Variation 35°C;

5 Pollution level Medium/heavy

(Special Applications);

6 Lightning Activity High.

8.2 Mounting

8.2.1 The LBS shall be suitable for single pole/DP mounting.

8.2.2 The LBS shall be fitted with an external M12 earthing stud, complete with a nut,

lock nut and spring washer. The earth stud shall be welded to the tank for optimal

earthing connection.

8.2.3 The mass of the mounting hardware, the LBS and the control cabinet and

cable shall be stated in the tender documentation.

8.3 Insulators

Aromatic epoxy resin with Silicone rubber boots Porcelain bushings and EPDM

rubber are not acceptable.

The 2 polymer post insulators must have a creepage distance of 900mm. All

insulators must conform to IEC 62231 and the relevant type test reports may be

furnished.

8.4 Finish

8.4.1 All interior and exterior ferrous surfaces of the LBS should be manufactured using

mild steel. The interior and exterior of control cabinets shall be manufactured from

316 marine grade stainless steel. All support structures, mild steel parts and

associated bolts and nuts with these parts, shall be hot-dip galvanized.

8.4.2 Suitable precautions shall be implemented to prevent corrosion due to the

use of dissimilar materials.

9. Control equipment

9.1 Control cabinet

9.1.1 Cabinets that house equipment for protection and control shall be

mounted independently of the LBS.

9.1.2 Suitable ultraviolet-resistant cable, 7 m long, shall be provided to connect

the LBS to the control cabinet. If shorter or longer cables are required, the length

will be specified in the tender documentation.

9.1.3 It shall be possible to disconnect the cable at the LBS while the LBS is

connected to the power system, without causing damage or

Page 119: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/119

malfunction.

9.1.4 Cabinets shall be adequately sealed and dust protected and shall be internally

treated to prevent moisture condensation. The degree of protection shall be

suitable for purpose.

9.1.5 The supplier shall ensure that the equipment housed in the control cabinet can

withstand the heating effect of direct solar radiation without causing failure

and/or malfunction. Details shall be provided in the tender documentation. The

protection level should be IP-55 as per IEC 60259.

9.1.6 The cabinet shall make provision for bottom entry of auxiliary power cables. The

holes shall be suitably blanked off.

9.1.7 The cabinet shall be fitted with an external M10 earthing stud with a nut,

lock nut and a serrated washer.

9.1.8 The RTU will not be a part of the supply.

9.1.8 The door of the cabinet shall be fitted with a robust fastening arrangement

that is capable of being secured by a padlock that has a shackle of 8 mm

diameter.

9.1.9 The cabinet shall be easily removable for workshop repair purposes.

9.2 Electronic control equipment

9.2.1 The controls shall not suffer any damage if one or more poles of the load break

switch fail to respond to either a trip or a close command.

9.3 Motor operating mechanism

9.3.1 The motor should be mounted along with the switch on the pole directly with

the main center operating rod of the switch. There should be no extra linkages to

connect the switch with the motor operating mechanism.

9.3.2 The motor operating mechanism must be enclosed in an SS enclosure and should

be sealed accordingly to not allow any entry of water or dust.

10. Local control and indication

10.1 The local control and indication shall be as given in Table 1.

Table 1: Minimum specification of local controls and indications

1 Item 2 Features 3 Remarks

Local control (See Note 1) Local/Remote

LBS Open

LBS Close

2 position key switchable

Secure control

Secure control

0.1.1 Notes (preferable)

Note 1: The two-position switch (labelled as below) shall allow the LBS controller to be

set in the following modes:

Remote: In this mode a local operator can trip the LBS and change the mode. A remote

operator can trip or close the LBS.

Local: In this mode a local operator can trip and close the LBS. A remote operator can

only trip the LBS.

10.2 All local controls and indications shall be accessible in adverse weather

condition.

10.3 The LBS shall be provided with a detachable lever. Only after attaching that lever,

Page 120: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/120

the operator will be able to operate the switch locally. The lever has to be kept

securely with the person handling the switch remotely - who alone can issue it to

the authorized person so as to prevent any unauthorized manual operation of the

switch.

10.4 The LBS status shall be clearly visible from ground level.

10.5 Malfunction of the LBS shall not pose a safety hazard to the operator due to the

recoil or backlash of items such as external operating rods, cranks and levers.

10.6 Switches used for local control shall offer the type of control described in table

1 i.e. secure or toggled control with clear marking for ON and OFF controls.

11. Power supplies

11.1 Test supply: The LBS shall accept an external AC 230 V 50 Hz supply.

11.2 Optional supply: The LBS shall accept an external DC 110/220 V supply.

12 Maintenance and commissioning

12.1 It shall be Possible to disconnect the LBS and connect a simulated

switch to the control cabinet for testing purposes.

13 Rating plate

Each LBS shall bear a rating plate of an intrinsically corrosion-resistant

material, indelibly marked with the sea-level rating for which the equipment

has been type tested. The rating plate shall be indelibly marked with:

· the manufacturer's name;

· the rated voltage and rated current

· the rated short time withstand current (short circuit level)

· the rated short circuit making current

· the equipment type designation and serial number of the LBS;

· the mass, in kilograms;

· the date of manufacture; and

· auxiliary supply voltage (if applicable).

14 Additional information

The following shall be submitted with the tender.

14.1 Load break switch details

· manufacturer;

· type designation;

· place of manufacture;

· short time withstand current;

14.2 A schematic-wiring diagram of the LBS offered.

14.3 A general-arrangement drawing of the LBS offered.

14.4 Details of the maintenance and operating equipment, procedures

needed and a detailed parts list of the various components.

14.5 A description of the LBS operation, with instruction and maintenance

manuals, including maintenance schedules, fault detection characteristics,

communications facilities, the method of applying settings and controls, together

with any software required and the cost thereof. The software requirements

Page 121: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/121

shall be stated in the tender documentation.

14.6 A list of recommended spares and tools.

14.7 Details of technical back-up facilities available. These details shall be

stated in the tender documentation.

14.8 Details of LV trip/close motor if available as an option

14.9 Power requirements for a close operation

14.10 The maximum achievable separation between the control unit and the load

break switch.

14.11 Full details of the protocol implementation and the complete point database.

15 TESTS

15.1 Type tests

The load break switch shall have been type tested in accordance with, and found

to comply with, the requirements of IEC 62271-103 for the following, and the

appropriate values shall be stated in the tender documentation:

15.1.1 Dielectric Tests (BIL and Power frequency).

15.1.2 Measurement of resistance of the main circuit

15.1.3 Short-time withstand current test.

15.1.4 Temperature rise test

15.1.5 Mechanical operations.

15.1.6 Cable Charging and Line Charging Test

15.1.7 Mainly Active Load Test

15.1.8 Closed Loop Current Test

15.2 The control cabinet and associated electronics shall have been type tested

in accordance with IEC 60259.

15.3 All insulators shall have been type tested in accordance with IEC 62231.

15.4 Type Test records in the form of validated copies of test certificates issued by an

NABL approved / International accredited testing authority shall be submitted with

the tender documentation.

15.5 Only the tests conducted at NABL approved laboratory or an accredited

international laboratory shall be accepted.

16 Routine/Acceptance tests

16.1 Routine tests, as required in the relevant standards, shall be carried out as a normal

requirement of the contract and, unless otherwise agreed upon, shall be

witnessed by the purchaser or by his appointed representative. No additional

charge shall be levied for such tests or for the production or presentation of

documentation related to routine tests.

16.2 Duplicate copies of routine test certificates shall be supplied together with

the equipment when the latter is delivered to the final destination stated in the

order.

16.3 Mechanical Operating Test:

During these tests, which are performed without voltage or current in the main

circuit, it shall be verified, in particular, that the switches open and close correctly

Page 122: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/122

when their operating devices are energized or under pressure. It shall also be

verified that operation will not cause any damage to the switches.

The arrangement of the switch shall comply with specifications for the mechanical

operation type tests, refer to 6.102.1 of IEC62271-103. A switch having a power-

operating device shall be subjected to the following tests:

– at specified maximum supply voltage and/or maximum pressure of compressed

gas supply: five operating cycles;

– at specified minimum supply voltage and/or minimum pressure of compressed gas

supply: five operating cycles;

– if a switch can be manually operated besides its normal electric or pneumatic

operating device: five manual operating cycles.

A manually operated switch shall be subjected to the following test: 10

operating cycles.

During these tests, no adjustment shall be made and the operation shall be

faultless. It shall be verified that the position indication is operating correctly when

the switches open and close.

17 PACKING/DOCUMENTATION

17.1 Assembly

The switch must be factory assembled in all aspects including insulators, motor

mechanism, fixed and moving contacts, operating rods, springs, chamber etc.

17.2 Packing

All equipment shall be carefully packed to prevent damage or deterioration

during normal transportation, handling and storage.

Each container shall bear the following information on the outside of the

container:

o The address of the destination

o The gross mass, in kilograms

o The name of the manufacturer

o The purchaser's order number and port of destination

18 Documentation

Each LBS shall be supplied complete with the documentation as specified in

the specification, together with the routine test certificates specified in 2.29

19 Related IEC / Standards

IEC 62271-103 Standards for high-voltage switchgear and controlgear.

Page 123: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/123

SPECIFICATION FOR 11KV OUTDOOR LOAD BREAK SWITCH WITH REMOTE COMMUNICATION CAPABILITIES

1 Scope:-

This specification covers requirement for outdoor pole mounted Load break switch

(LBS) with capability of being integrated with any SCADA system using FRTUs. The

load break switch shall be designed for pole mounted or substation installation. All of

the unit’s protection, control and metering functions shall be electronically controlled

within an integrated, modularized control unit. The load break should be capable of

effectively extinguishing the arc by injecting the air through the pressurized chamber.

Use of SF6 gas for either insulation or arc extinguishing is not permissible due to its

harmful greenhouse effects.

2 General:-

The LBS shall be suitable for use on non-effectively earthed and effectively earthed

networks and under the system conditions and service conditions as follows:

1 Rated Voltage kV 11

2 Highest System Voltage kV 12

3 Rated Normal Current A 630

4 No. of Poles 3

5 Switch Type

Air Break Load Break

Switch

6 Operating Condition

Tilting Type, Vertical

Break, Outdoor Type

7 Applicable Standard IEC 62271-103

8 Temperature

-10 degrees C to +55

degrees C

9

1 min power frequency

(Across / Phase-Earth) kV 40 / 36

10

Lightning Impulse withstand voltage

(1.2/50 us) (Across / Phase-Earth) kV 105 / 95

11 Rated Frequency Hz 50

12 Rated Short-time withstand current kA, s 16 for 3 seconds

13 Short Circuit Making Current (TDma)

kA

peak 40

14 Cable Charging Current A rms 16

15

Mainly Active Load Breaking Current

(TD load 2 and TD Load 1) A 630

16 Closed Loop distribution circuit current A 630

17 Breaking/Interrupting Medium Air

18 Isolating Medium Air / Solid State

19 Insulator Type Polymer

20 Minimum Phase to Phase distance mm 375

Page 124: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/124

21

Minimum Isolating Distance (when in

open position) mm 275

22 Creepage Distance mm 450

23 Operating Mechanism Motorized and Manual

24

Mounting of Motor / Motor Operating

Mechanism

On the Pole with the

switch

25 Closing Time ms < 750

26 Opening Time ms < 750

27 Suitable for future SCADA Yes

28 Padlocking facilities Yes

3 Construction:-

The R,Y,B three-phase of the load break switch is installed on one great sectional

galvanized square steel base, joint together with one integrative drive axis inter-

phase to ensure for closing and opening three poles synchronously.

The arching chamber should be maintenance-free, which should operate at the time

of closing and opening. Being the heart of the load break switch, it should be

capable of extinguishing the arc formed when operated on full load. There shall not

be any requirement of external energy for holding the position CLOSE or OPEN. The

use of HV/LV solenoids is not acceptable.

Oil / SF6 is not acceptable for interruption or insulation purposes. The unit shall be

designed for M1 class for mechanical endurance.

Provisions shall be included for electrical close, and electrical and manual trip. Each

pole of the LBS shall be identical to allow complete replacement of any individual

pole, without disassembly or replacement of the other poles. All parts must be field

replaceable. The LBS shall be suitable for mounting on channel on D.P. Structure.

There should be no connecting rods / operating rods / down pipe which connects the

switch mechanism to the control box located below. The motor and gears should be

fitted with the switch on the pole with only wires coming down for connection with

the control box.

Each phase should have 3 insulators, 2 for fixed contacts and pads and 1 for

operation of the moving contact.

The fixed contact, moving contact and terminal pads must be made of hard drawn

electrolytic copper. The current density for fixed contact, moving contact and

terminal pads must be minimum 2.0A/sqmm.

4 Mechanism:-

The load break switch should compose of a disconnect blade, an arc extinguishing

chamber and an operating mechanism. The arc extinguishing chamber should be

made of insulating material with the merits of high electric performance, arc-

endurance and high strength. The chamber should have a built-in spring with fast

acting mechanism which ensures breaking of load current, hence being free from

Page 125: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/125

operating speed of the user. The arching gap and disconnect gap of the load break

switch should be parallel in the course of opening and closing.

This load break switch should be operate-able by a manual linking rod or motor

operating mechanism. There should be a visible gap of switch after opening to

produce functions of isolation and protection. The blade of the switch should use

press spring to assure enough connection pressure to the contact. By use of the

spring the operation should be made convenient, the blade stable and the reliability

of opening-closing operation should be guaranteed. The switch should open or close

under rated load current and not require any secondary protection device.

The load break switch should work on the principle of extinguishing the arc by a

blast of compressed air produced by the switch itself while opening the main moving

contact tube.

5 Solid Dielectric Insulation:-

The phase to phase shall be minimum 375 mm and adequate for meeting the

dielectric requirements. The creepage distance of insulators shall be minimum 450

mm to ensure the safety even in worst case failures of the quenching device. Use of

boots or screw on bushings to meet Creepage is not acceptable.

The switch will go through high vibrations due to fast operations and the high

creepage will give added safety.

The distance between pole to pole when the switch is open should take into

consideration of the case when the chamber does not operate.

6 Adding SCADA compatibility:-

The load break switch should be capable of being integrated with SCADA functions

using an FRTU (Feeder Remote Terminal Unit). The load break switch should be

capable of reporting switch ON/OFF status and should be capable of being operated

(OPEN/CLOSE) by GPRS function.

7 Control equipment

7.1 Control cabinet:-

The control cabinet of the LBS should be capable of locally and remotely operating

the LBS. It should be capable of sending the status of ON/OFF to the control room

at the substation through a wire.

The control cabinet should take an input of 220VAC/110VDC, which will be specified

in the tender document, which is used to operate the motor and send a logical 1 or

0 to the control room indicating ON/OFF respectively.

The control for the LBS shall be capable to be integrated with a high end SCADA

compatible numerical relay which has inbuilt UPS and power control electronics

cabinets that houses equipment for protection and control and shall be mounted

independently of the LBS.

The cabinet of the LBS should be capable of shall be adequately sealed and dust

protected and shall be internally treated to prevent moisture condensation. The

degree of protection shall be suitable for Outdoor installation. The cabinet must be

made of stainless steel. Mild Steel or Aluminium will not be acceptable.

Page 126: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/126

The door of the cabinet shall be fitted with a robust fastening arrangement that is

capable of being secured by a padlock.

The control must have Open and Close pushbuttons.

8 REQUIREMENTS

8.1 General

The load break switch shall be suitable for use on non-effectively earthed and

effectively earthed networks and under the system conditions and

service conditions as follows:

S. No. Item Data

1 Operating Mechanism LV Motor

2 Altitude Up to 3000 m;

3 Ambient Temperature Minimum- -10°C;

Maximum- 55°C;

4 Maximum Daily Variation 35°C;

5 Pollution level Medium/heavy

(Special Applications);

6 Lightning Activity High.

8.2 Mounting

8.2.1 The LBS shall be suitable for single pole/DP mounting.

8.2.2 The LBS shall be fitted with an external M12 earthing stud, complete with a nut,

lock nut and spring washer. The earth stud shall be welded to the tank for optimal

earthing connection.

8.2.3 The mass of the mounting hardware, the LBS and the control cabinet and

cable shall be stated in the tender documentation.

8.3 Insulators

Aromatic epoxy resin with Silicone rubber boots Porcelain bushings and EPDM

rubber are not acceptable.

The 2 polymer post insulators must have a creepage distance of 450mm. All

insulators must conform to IEC 62231 and the relevant type test reports may be

furnished.

8.4 Finish

8.4.1 All interior and exterior ferrous surfaces of the LBS should be manufactured using

mild steel. The interior and exterior of control cabinets shall be manufactured from

316 marine grade stainless steel. All support structures, mild steel parts and

associated bolts and nuts with these parts, shall be hot-dip galvanized.

8.4.2 Suitable precautions shall be implemented to prevent corrosion due to the

use of dissimilar materials.

9 Control equipment

9.1 Control cabinet

9.1.1 Cabinets that house equipment for protection and control shall be

Page 127: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/127

mounted independently of the LBS.

9.1.2 Suitable ultraviolet-resistant cable, 7 m long, shall be provided to connect

the LBS to the control cabinet. If shorter or longer cables are required, the length

will be specified in the tender documentation.

9.1.3 It shall be possible to disconnect the cable at the LBS while the LBS is connected

to the power system, without causing damage or malfunction.

9.1.4 Cabinets shall be adequately sealed and dust protected and shall be internally

treated to prevent moisture condensation. The degree of protection shall be

suitable for purpose.

9.1.5 The supplier shall ensure that the equipment housed in the control

cabinet can withstand the heating effect of direct solar radiation

without causing failure and/or malfunction. Details shall be provided in the

tender documentation. The protection level should be IP-55 as per IEC

60259.

9.1.6 The cabinet shall make provision for bottom entry of auxiliary power

cables. The holes shall be suitably blanked off.

9.1.7 The cabinet shall be fitted with an external M10 earthing stud with a nut,

lock nut and a serrated washer.

9.1.8 The RTU will not be a part of the supply.

9.1.8 The door of the cabinet shall be fitted with a robust fastening arrangement

that is capable of being secured by a padlock that has a shackle of 8 mm

diameter.

9.1.9 The cabinet shall be easily removable for workshop repair purposes.

9.2 Electronic control equipment

9.2.1 The controls shall not suffer any damage if one or more poles of the load

break switch fail to respond to either a trip or a close command.

9.3 Motor operating mechanism

9.3.1 The motor should be mounted along with the switch on the pole directly with

the main center operating rod of the switch. There should be no extra linkages to

connect the switch with the motor operating mechanism.

9.3.2 The motor operating mechanism must be enclosed in an SS enclosure and

should be sealed accordingly to not allow any entry of water or dust.

10 Local control and indication

10.1 The local control and indication shall be as given in Table 1.

Table 1: Minimum specification of local controls and indications

1 Item 2 Features 3 Remarks

Local control (See Note 1) Local/Remote

LBS Open

LBS Close

2 position key switchable

Secure control

Secure control

10.1.1 Notes (preferable)

Note 1: The two-position switch (labelled as below) shall allow the LBS controller to be

set in the following modes:

Page 128: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/128

Remote: In this mode a local operator can trip the LBS and change the mode. A remote

operator can trip or close the LBS.

Local: In this mode a local operator can trip and close the LBS. A remote operator can

only trip the LBS.

10.2 All local controls and indications shall be accessible in adverse weather condition.

10.3 The LBS shall be provided with a detachable lever. Only after attaching that lever,

the operator will be able to operate the switch locally. The lever has to be kept

securely with the person handling the switch remotely - who alone can issue it to

the authorized person so as to prevent any unauthorized manual operation of the

switch.

10.4 The LBS status shall be clearly visible from ground level.

10.5 Malfunction of the LBS shall not pose a safety hazard to the operator due to the

recoil or backlash of items such as external operating rods, cranks and levers.

10.6 Switches used for local control shall offer the type of control described in table 1

i.e. secure or toggled control with clear marking for ON and OFF controls.

11 Power supplies

11.1 Test supply: The LBS shall accept an external AC 230 V 50 Hz supply.

11.2 Optional supply: The LBS shall accept an external DC 110/220 V supply.

12 Maintenance and commissioning

12.1 It shall be Possible to disconnect the LBS and connect a simulated

switch to the control cabinet for testing purposes.

13 Rating plate

Each LBS shall bear a rating plate of an intrinsically corrosion-resistant material,

indelibly marked with the sea-level rating for which the equipment has been

type tested. The rating plate shall be indelibly marked with:

· the manufacturer's name;

· the rated voltage and rated current

· the rated short time withstand current (short circuit level)

· the rated short circuit making current

· the equipment type designation and serial number of the LBS;

· the mass, in kilograms;

· the date of manufacture; and

· auxiliary supply voltage (if applicable).

14 Additional information

The following shall be submitted with the tender.

14.1 Load break switch details

· manufacturer;

· type designation;

· place of manufacture;

· short time withstand current;

14.2 A schematic-wiring diagram of the LBS offered.

14.3 A general-arrangement drawing of the LBS offered.

Page 129: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/129

14.4 Details of the maintenance and operating equipment, procedures needed

and a detailed parts list of the various components.

14.5 A description of the LBS operation, with instruction and maintenance

manuals, including maintenance schedules, fault detection characteristics,

communications facilities, the method of applying settings and controls, together

with any software required and the cost thereof. The software requirements

shall be stated in the tender documentation.

14.6 A list of recommended spares and tools.

14.7 Details of technical back-up facilities available. These details shall be stated in

the tender documentation.

14.8 Details of LV trip/close motor if available as an option

14.9 Power requirements for a close operation

14.10 The maximum achievable separation between the control unit and the load

break switch.

14.11 Full details of the protocol implementation and the complete point database.

15 TESTS

15.1 Type tests

The load break switch / sectionalizer shall have been type tested in accordance

with, and found to comply with, the requirements of IEC 62271-103 for the

following, and the appropriate values shall be stated in the tender documentation:

15.1.1 Dielectric Tests (BIL and Power frequency).

15.1.2 Measurement of resistance of the main circuit

15.1.3 Short Circuit Making Test

15.1.4 Short-time withstand current test.

15.1.5 Temperature rise test

15.1.6 Mechanical operations.

15.1.7 Cable Charging and Line Charging Test

15.1.8 Mainly Active Load Test

15.1.9 Closed Loop Current Test

15.2 The control cabinet and associated electronics shall have been type tested

in accordance with IEC 60259.

15.3 All insulators shall have been type tested in accordance with IEC 62231.

15.4 Type Test records in the form of validated copies of test certificates issued by an

NABL approved / International accredited testing authority shall be submitted with

the tender documentation.

15.5 Only the tests conducted at NABL approved laboratory or an accredited

international laboratory shall be accepted.

16 Routine/Acceptance tests

16.1 Routine tests, as required in the relevant standards, shall be carried out as a

normal requirement of the contract and, unless otherwise agreed upon, shall be

witnessed by the purchaser or by his appointed representative. No additional

charge shall be levied for such tests or for the production or presentation of

Page 130: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/130

documentation related to routine tests.

16.2 Duplicate copies of routine test certificates shall be supplied together with

the equipment when the latter is delivered to the final destination stated in the

order.

16.3 Mechanical Operating Test:

During these tests, which are performed without voltage or current in the main

circuit, it shall be verified, in particular, that the switches open and close correctly

when their operating devices are energized or under pressure. It shall also be

verified that operation will not cause any damage to the switches.

The arrangement of the switch shall comply with specifications for the mechanical

operation type tests, refer to 6.102.1 of IEC62271-103. A switch having a power-

operating device shall be subjected to the following tests:

– at specified maximum supply voltage and/or maximum pressure of compressed

gas supply: five operating cycles;

– at specified minimum supply voltage and/or minimum pressure of compressed gas

supply: five operating cycles;

– if a switch can be manually operated besides its normal electric or pneumatic

operating device: five manual operating cycles.

A manually operated switch shall be subjected to the following test: 10 operating

cycles.

During these tests, no adjustment shall be made and the operation shall be

faultless. It shall be verified that the position indication is operating correctly when

the switches open and close.

17 PACKING/DOCUMENTATION

17.1 Assembly

The switch must be factory assembled in all aspects including insulators, motor

mechanism, fixed and moving contacts, operating rods, springs, chamber etc.

17.2 Packing

All equipment shall be carefully packed to prevent damage or deterioration

during normal transportation, handling and storage.

Each container shall bear the following information on the outside of the

container:

o The address of the destination

o The gross mass, in kilograms

o The name of the manufacturer

o The purchaser's order number and port of destination

18 Documentation

Each LBS shall be supplied complete with the documentation as specified in

the specification, together with the routine test certificates specified in 2.29

19 Related IEC / Standards

IEC 62271-103 Standards for high-voltage switchgear and controlgear.

Page 131: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/131

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR HEAT SHRINKABLE TYPE CABLE

JOINTING AND TERMINATION KITS FOR XLPE CABLES

1.01 SCOPE:

This specification covers the design, manufacturing, testing and supply of Heat-

Shrinkable type cable straight-through joints and cable end termination kits as per

IS:13573(Pt.2)/2011 suitable for use with and installation on 33 KV and 11 KV

XLPE aluminum conductor cables .

1.01.1 The cable accessories specified in this specification i.e., cable end

terminations, either indoor or outdoor, and straight- through, shall be

complete in all respects. Such complete set of accessories shall be termed as

kit hereinafter in this specification.

1.01.2 Termination and jointing kits shall be heat-shrinkable type of proven make

and of a design and type which have already been extensively used and fully

type tested. The offered kits shall be easy in handling and simple to install

without much skill , with minimum tools at site.

3.02 TYPE :

3.02.1 Termination Kits & Joints shall be heat shrinkable type for 33 kV & 11 kV XLPE

cables suitable for Outdoor and Indoor Cable End Terminations and Straight

Through Joints

3.02.2 It is not the intent to specify completely herein all the details of the design,

manufacture & assembly of cable accessories; however, cable accessories shall

confirm in all respects to a high standard of design & workmanship and be

capable of performing in continuous commercial operation up to bidders

guarantee in a manner acceptable to the purchaser, who will interpret the

meanings of the drawings and specifications and shall have the power to reject

any works or material which in his judgment are not in accordance therewith. The

cable accessories offered shall be complete with all components necessary for

the effective and trouble- free operations. Such components shall be deemed

to be within the scope of supplier's supply irrespective of whether they are

specifically brought out in this specification and/ or in the commercial order

or not.

3.03 SYSTEM PARAMETERS

1 Nominal operating voltage 33 kV rms 11 kV rms

2 Maximum system voltage : 33 kV rms 12 kV rms

3 Frequency (Hz.): 50 +/- 1.5 50 +/- 1.5

4 Number of Phases 3 3

5 Type of Earthing Solid Solid

6 Environmental conditions Humid Tropical Climate with polluted

atmosphere ,and/or , direct burial in

water- logged ground.

7 Basic Insulation Level 170 kV (Peak) 75 kV (Peak)

Page 132: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/132

3.04 SERVICE CONDITIONS

(A) The cable accessories to be supplied against this specifications shall be suitable

for continuous & satisfactory operation under climatic conditions listed below:

S.No. Particulars

i) Peak ambient air temperature in shade (°C) 50°C

ii) Minimum ambient air temperature (°C) 0°C

iii) Maximum avg. ambient temp. over 24 Hrs. in shade

((°C)

40°C

iv) Maximum temperature attainable by an object 60°C

V0 Maximum relative humidity (%) 100 %

vi) Maximum altitude above mean sea level 1000 mtrs

vii) Maximum wind pressure (Kg./Sq.Mtr.) 100

viii) Number of months of tropical monsoon conditions 4 months

ix) Average No. of rainy days per annum 100

x) Average Annual Rainfall in cms. 10 to 100

(B) The kits shall be provided with protection against rodent and termite attacks.

3.05 DESIGN FEATURES.

The following considerations shall be taken into account in the design of the

product, material properties and the components of the jointing and termination kits.

i) Electrical stresses at the screen cut back in case of XLPE cables shall be controlled to

a safe value. The stress control may be either through stress control tubing /

stress control cone or other suitable means. The bidder shall furnish details of the

technique employed by them for stress control in cable- end terminations /

straight-through joints. The application of stress control system shall be safe,

foolproof and independent of cable jointers’ skills. The stress control method

used should withstand expansion and contraction of the cable during load cycling.

ii) The cable end termination and jointing kits shall be so designed so as to prevent

discharge/ leakage at the cut back and nicks / scratches on XLPE insulations. Full

details of the method of discharge prevention shall be indicated by the bidder in their

offer.

iii) The cable end termination and jointing kits shall be so designed so as to give track

- resistant erosion and weather resistant protection to the cable insulation. The

outdoor end terminations and straight through joints shall be totally sealed against

ingress of moisture of environment.

Page 133: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/133

iv) All Outdoor End Termination kits as well as 33 kV Indoor End Termination kits shall

be provided with rain (weather) sheds or creepage-extending petticoats. These shall

be non-tracking , weather resistant, hydrophobic and have smooth surface to

deflect any water/ dirt etc. The design of these rain (weather) sheds or creepage-

extending petticoats shall avoid any shed to shed conducting path under heavy rain

conditions.

v) The cable end terminations & jointing kits shall be class 1 as defined in IEEE

standard 48/1996 with latest amendments. Documentary proof shall be required to

prove compliance in this regard without which the bid may be ignored.

vi) The lugs and ferrules provided should be suitable for compacted conductors and

should withstand thermal short circuit of 250 deg. centigrade.

3.06 GENERAL REQUIREMENT FOR CABLE END TERMINATIONS / STRAIGHT-

THROUGH JOINTS.

i) The term heat shrinkable refers to extruded or moulded polymeric materials

which are cross linked to develop elastic memory by irradiation method and

supplied in expanded or otherwise deformed sizes/ shapes, subsequently heating

in a strained state to a temperature above the shrink temperature resulting

in the material recovering or shrinking to its original shape.

ii) (a ) The stress control tubes used in heat shrinkable cable accessories shall have

volume resistivity of minimum 1,00,00,000 ohm meters for both terminations &

straight through joints. The relative permittivity shall be minimum 15. Bidder shall

furnish documentary evidence confirming adherence to these along with the offer.

Further, impedance of stress control tubes shall not change over a range of

temperature from 0 °C to 125 °C. The stress control tubes must have a thermal

endurance equivalent to 35 years life. The impedance should also remain constant in

spite of the difference in stress which will exist within the sleeve due to heating effect

within the conductor and the temperature of the environment.

b) Bidder must submit graph showing effect on the impedance value of stress

control tube due to effects of stress, temperature variations and thermal ageing of

minimum 10,000 Hrs. with the offer.

c) Copies of test reports on the critical components used in the joints & terminations

be furnished as per as per IS:13573(Pt.2)/2011, be furnished along with the offer.

i) The heat shrinkable polymeric material to be used for external leakage insulation

between the high voltage conductors and grounds should be non-tracking, weather

and erosion resistant and hydro-phobic in nature. A heat-shrinkable flexible

polymeric tubing, preferably coloured red, and possessing non-tracking erosion

and weather resistant properties shall work as an external covering for the cable

covers.

Rain - Sheds (skirts) provided should be of same material as the non-tracking

tube specified in the paragraph above. Copies of test reports, confirming the non-

tracking tubes and rain-sheds (skirts) meeting the above requirements shall be

furnished along with the offer.

Page 134: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/134

ii) Since the sealants or adhesives to be used between the heat shrinkable materials

and XLPE cable shall be exposed to high electrical stresses, they must be track

resistant. Documentary evidence shall be furnished in this regard along with the offer.

iii) All cuts/ nicks inadvertently occurred to XLPE insulation must be rendered

discharge free by using suitable discharge suppression compound.

iv) The heat shrinkable tubes may be either extruded or moulded type.

v) The higher wall-thickness of heat shrinkable tubes / sleeves shall be preferred to

counter the effect of erosion due to pollution.

3.07 OTHER REQUIREMENT

i) The kit shall be suitable for storage without deterioration at a temperature upto

50 Deg. C and shall have unlimited shelf life. Conducting paints having limited shelf

life are not acceptable.

ii) Proper stress control, stress grading and non-tracking arrangement in the

termination shall be offered by means of proven methods, details of which shall

be elaborated in the offer. Detailed sectional view of assemblies shall be submitted

along with the offer.

iii) The straight through joints shall be suitable for underground buried installation

with incorporated back-fill and chances of flooding by water. The straight

through joints should be absolutely impervious to the entry of water. The

manufacturer shall use proven technology and design to prevent entry of water

or any other liquid inside the straight through joints and cables.

iv) The end termination kits shall provide for total environmental sealing of the cable

crutch and at the lugs end. The details of the environmental sealing provided shall

be submitted along with the offer.

v) Provisions for effective screening over each core shall be made and the bidder shall

categorically confirm this aspect in the offer.

vi) The materials and components not specifically stated in the specification but

which are essential for satisfactory operation of the cable shall be deemed to be

included in the kit without any extra cost.

vii) The terminations / joints shall be of better tracking resistant properties and fully

reliable earthing system to maintain continuous contacts with screening/ armouring

as the case may be.

viii) The armour / earthing arrangement shall form part of the terminations/ joints

and shall be protected from erosion either by suitable tape or tube.

ix) The terminations/ jointing kits shall have provision for shield connection and earthing

whichever required.

x) The fault level as well as duration withstand capacity of termination / jointing kits

should be strictly matching with the parameters of cables for which the kits are

intended to be used.

xi) The trade / brand name of the manufacturer, shall be embossed / engraved or

suitably marked with indelible ink / paint for the purpose of identification on the

tubings and components which are visible from the outside. The words “JVVNL” along

Page 135: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/135

with the trade / brand name of the manufacturer,TN No. , month / year of

manufacture, size etc. shall be suitably printed / marked on the kit packing/Cartoon

xii) Suitable creepage extension/ rain protection sheds for outdoor cable end

terminations shall be provided.

xiii) Adequate provisions for eliminating the chances of entrapment of air at steps

formed by semicon screen shall be made.

xiv) The terminations/ joints shall be supplied in kit form. All insulation and sealing

materials, consumable items, conductor fittings, earthing arrangements and lugs

etc. should be provided .

xv) The bidder shall furnish the constructional features of material offered.

xvi) An instruction manual in English and , optionally in Hindi script, indicating the

complete method/ proceedings adopted for installation of kits, preferably with

more diagrams/ pictorial presentation shall be supplied with each kit. Various items,

quantity thereof included in each kit must be indicated in the instruction manual /

packing slip provided in the kit packing.

3.08 CABLE SIZE AND ITS REQUIREMENT

If the design of the cable jointing kits is such that same kit is suitable for more than

one of the cable sizes mentioned at clause 3.06 , then the bidder shall furnish the

details of kit number and corresponding cable sizes for which the kit is suitable.

3.09 CIRCULAR SHAPED CONDUCTOR:-

The terminations/ jointing kits offered shall be suitable to be used on circular

compacted XLPE cable conductor.

3.10 LUGS/ FERRULES

Requisite number and size of lugs/ ferrules depending upon the type of the cable

shall be provided in the kit. Lugs and Ferrules shall be of crimping type, shall

confirm to the relevant standards in case of XLPE cables.

3.11 EARTH/SCREEN CONTINUIY

i) Screen continuity by using tinned copper mesh and earth continuity by tinned

copper braids of appropriate size shall be provided for transfer of screen/

earth in straight through joints.

ii) Tinned copper braids of appropriate size along with copper lugs of proper size

shall be provided for the continuity of screen/ armour along with adequate

clamping arrangement.

3.12 EARTHING

Earthing shall be as per relevant standards and the details of the earthing

arrangement offered for the cable accessories shall be submitted along with the

offer.

3.13 FIRE RESISTANCE

The cable end terminations and straight-through joints shall be fire resistant.

The components of kits shall have flame retardant property.

Page 136: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/136

3.14 INTERCHANGEABILITY

The components of different size of the kits shall be interchangeable between more

than one cable sizes in case the need so arises. Bidders should indicate the range /

limits of such interchangeability.

3.15 EASY INSTALLATION

The bidder shall offer complete material and components for each kit so as to

make one termination/ joint complete in all respects. The bidder shall indicate the

list of the material/ components with the supplied quantities of each for each type of

cable end termination and straight-through joint.

i) The detailed bill of material and installation instructions shall be provided with

each kit for verification by the purchaser's inspecting officer and at Nigam's

stores / site.

ii) All components shall be sealed separately and marked clearly for the purpose of

identification of each component. All components shall be supplied in a single

package as a complete kit for one termination/ joint and shall bear the

manufacturer's name and the cable size or range of cable sizes for which the kit can

be used.

3.16 SUPERVISORY ERECTION & COMMISSIONING

The successful bidder shall provide free services of a trained jointer / foreman /

erector ( hereinafter referred to as jointer ) for installation / jointing all 33 kV cable

end terminations and straight-through joints. The jointer of the supplier shall be

duly trained and certified by the manufacturer for supervision of installation of the

cable accessories. The jointer shall direct the sequence of installation. The jointer

shall correct in the field any errors, omissions on the part of the bidder, in order to

make the equipment and material perform properly in accordance with the

intent of this specification. The jointer shall be responsible for any damage to the

accessory during his work as well as for any damage resulting from faulty or

improper installation. The purchaser shall provide adequate number of skilled /

semi- skilled workers as well as all ordinary tools and consumable T&P items used in

the work such as LPG gas / kerosene. The purchaser shall not be responsible for

any other expenses such as erector's insurance against personal injuries to

the jointer etc. Special tools such as LPG torch, if required for jointing, erection and

commissioning , shall be provided by the supplier at his cost.

3.17 GUARANTEED & OTHER TECHNICAL PARTICULARS

(A) The successful bidder shall furnish the guaranteed and other technical particulars

of the kits offered by him. The particulars which are subject to guarantee shall

be clearly indicated. The bidder shall furnish the length of the tube used in the kits

in the GTP attached. The complete drawings indicating such length of tubing must

be also enclosed along with the type test reports duly authenticated by the testing

agency. Without schedule of GTP completely filled in, the bid offer may be ignored.

(B) The bidder shall highlight the various technical aspects and salient features of the

kits offered by them.

Page 137: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/137

3.18 GUARANTEE

The cable end terminations and straight through joints shall bear guarantee for

five years from the date of supply of last consignment against purchase

order. Any defect noticed in the kit shall be attended by the supplier

immediately but not later than 24 hours in Jaipur city and not later than 3 days

in other places in the area of Jaipur Discom on receiving the complaint, and if

required, the kit shall be replaced and installed ( only for 33 kV ) free of cost;

otherwise the same will be arranged at the supplier's risk and cost. The successful

bidder shall furnish manufacturer's warranty on Rajasthan Non-judicial stamp

paper worth Rs.100/- in a manner as detailed at clause No. 1.41 of GCC

3.19 TESTS

1) TYPE TESTS

a) The successful bidder shall furnish valid and authenticated type test certificate as

per IS:13573(Pt.2)/2011 from a Govt. approved/ a Govt. recognized/ NABL

accredited laboratory/ ILAC i.e. International Laboratory Accredited laboratory /

ILAC i.e International Laboratory Accrediation Cooperation ( In case of foreign

laboratory)

b) The successful bidder should furnish documentary evidence in support of the

laboratory whose type test have been furnished, that the said laboratory is a

Govt/ a Govt. approved/ a Govt. recognized/ NABL accredited laboratory/

ILAC accredited ( in case of foreign laboratory)

c) Such type test certificates should not be older than Seven years as on the

date of bid opening.

d) Bids not accompanied with requisite type test(s) certificate not older than

Seven years as on the date of bid opening, shall be treated as non-

responsive.

2) ACCEPTANCE TESTS

A) The following tests shall constitute as Acceptance tests:

(i) Visual examination

(ii) Verification of bill of material / kit contents.

(iii) Dimensional check including verification of lengths of tubes as given in the

GTP.

(iv) Tensile strength

(v) Ultimate Elongation

(vi) Longitudinal shrinkages

(vii) Dielectric strength

(viii) Volume Resistivity

(ix) Torchability / Recovery -as per manufacturer’s standard

(x) Tracking Resistance ( as per ASTM 2303 )

The above tests shall be carried out in the presence of the Purchaser's

representative as per relevant prescribed standards , latest amended and the

Page 138: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/138

sampling plan shall be 1% subject to minimum of one No. of assorted size/type for

each voltage rating i.e. 33 kV and 11 kV separately.

3) ROUTINE TESTS

The bidder must specify the details of the routine tests being conducted at their

Works along with the standards applicable in their offer.

3.20 INSPECTION

The supplier shall provide the facilities to carry out the prescribed

acceptance tests on selected samples from the lot offered at one or more

testing laboratories. The samples from the lot shall be selected by the

inspecting officer or the person authorized by purchaser.

All the tests shall be arranged and carried out as per the procedures laid down in

respective specifications as per latest amendment in the presence of purchaser's

nominee.

The suppliers should satisfy themselves that the material offered are in

accordance with the term of contract and fully confirms to the required

specifications by carrying out a thorough pre-inspection of each lot before offering

the same for inspection to the purchaser. Such pre-inspection on the part of the

supplier shall minimise the chances of rejection during inspection.

3.21 LIST OF KIT CONTENTS

The bidder shall furnish the lists of kit contents and shall also confirm unlimited

shelf-life of the kits.

3.22 DEPARTURE FROM THE SPECIFICATION

Should the bidder wish to depart from the specification in any respect, he

should clearly state such departures indicating the reasons thereof. Unless this is

done, the departmental specification will hold good and shall be binding on the

supplier unless the departures have been approved in writing by the purchaser.

3.23 Applicable standards :

S.No. Technical specification Name of IS/other Other to which

material/equipment/ standard specification if any.

Machinery/T&P shall conform to which material should

conform

1. Indian Standard Specification for BIS: 7098

cross-link polythylene insulated

PVC sheathed cable (from 3.3 kv upto 33 KV)

2. IEC Specification for plastic cables IEC: 502

from 1 KV to 30 KV.

3. Standard for power cable accessories VDE: 0278 (PARTS I,II,IV,V)

with rated voltage upto 30 KV

4. IEEE Standard Test Procedures & IEEE 48-1996

Requirement for Alternating Current

Cable Terminations 2.5 KV Through 765 KV

Page 139: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/139

5. Performance Specification for High Voltage ESI: 09-13

Heat Shrinkable components for use with (with latest amended)

high voltage solid type cable upto &

including 33 KV

6 Indian Electricity Rules,1956 IE RULES

7 Specification for Compression type BIS : 8308-1993

tubular terminal ends for aluminium (with latest amendments)

conductors of insulated cable

8 Joints & Terminations of polymeric cable BIS : 13573-1992

for working voltage from 6.6 kv upto &

including 33 KV performance requirement

& Type test

Page 140: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/140

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR OUTDOOR

TYPE 33 KV CTs

1.0 SCOPE:

This specification covers the design, manufacture, assembly testing at

manufacturer's works before dispatch, supply and delivery of Single Phase 50 Hz

oil immersed, self-cooled, hermetically sealed, outdoor type 33 KV Current

Transformers for installation at various Grid Sub-stations of Jaipur Discom.

Consideration may be given to alternatives which the suppliers consider advisable

by reason of his own manufacturing requirements & experience provided

descriptive matter/ tests certificates are submitted pointing out the

recommended device or arrangement equal to or superior to that required by

this specification and if the purchaser is convinced of the quality and/or

superiority of the equipment. These equipment shall be suitable for installation in

system with neutral effectively grounded.

1.01 SCHEDULE OF REQUIREMENT:

The requirement of 33 KV CTs shall be as under:-

S. No. Item Ratio

1. 33 KV Current

Transformers

400-200-100/5-5 Amp,

0.5s class.

The bidder should quote prices of above CTs with terminal connector suitable for

panther conductor.

1.02 STANDARDS:

The design, manufacture & testing of various equipments, covered by this

specification shall comply with the latest issue of following and other applicable

standards except the value wherever specified shall be considered relevant:-

IS:2705 Specification for Current Transformers

IS:2099 Specification for Bushing

IS:5621 Specification for hollow porcelain bushing.

IS:5561 Specification for electric power connectors.

IS:335 Specification for new insulating oil.

IS:4201 Application guide for Current Transformer.

IEC:60044-1 & 2 Instrument Transformers

Equipments conforming to other International and IEC Standards which ensure

equal or higher quality than the standard(s) mentioned above would also be

acceptable. In case the tenderer wishes to offer equipment conforming to other

standard, they shall furnish English translation of the relevant standards

1.03 CLIMATIC CONDITIONS:

The climatic conditions under which the equipment will be required to operate

satisfactorily are as under:-

i) The equipment offered by you shall conform in all respects to the relevant

Indian standards specifications except where stated otherwise in the order.

Page 141: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/141

Special care shall be taken in the design & manufacture of equipment to take into

account the tropical conditions such as high temperature excessive humidity,

dust & salt laden atmosphere at detailed below:-

a) Maximum temperature of air in shade : 50 deg.C

b) Minimum temperature of air in shade : (-) 5 deg.C

c) Maximum relative humidity : 95 %

d) Minimum relative humidity : 10 %

e) Height above mean sea level : upto 1000 meters

f) Dust storms are likely to occur

the period from March to July

g) Average number of thunder storms : 40

days/annum.

h) Average number of tropical monsoon : 4 months

conditions per annum.

i) Average rain fall : 10-100 cms. depending upon

area.

ii) TROPICAL TREATMENT:

All the equipment shall be suitably designed and treated for normal life and

satisfactory operation under the hot and humidity Tropical Climatic Conditions

specified under clause No. 3.03 above and shall be dust and vermin proof. All

the parts and surface which are subject to corrosion shall be made of

such material and shall be provided with such protective finish as

would protect the equipment installed from any injurious effect of excessive

humidity.

You shall supply all such minor accessories required for the completion of the

supply which have either not been specifically mentioned in this specification or

your tender offer.

1.04 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR 33 KV CURRENT TRANSFORMERS:

i) The Current Transformers shall be of Single Phase oil immersed self cooled

hermetically sealed & outdoor type suitable for the service conditions

indicated complete in all respects conforming to latest issue of IS mentioned

at clause 3.02 and modern practice of design & manufacture. The thickness

of tank sheet shall be minimum of 3mm.

ii) The core shall be of high grade non-aging laminated silicon steel of low

hysterises losses and high permeability to ensure accuracy at both normal &

over current.

iii) The Current Transformers shall be hermetically sealed to eliminate breathing

and prevent air and moisture from entering the tank. The method adopted

for hermetically sealing shall clearly be stated in detail in the offer. These

shall be provided with prismatic oil level gauge and pressure reliving devices

capable for releasing abnormal internal pressure where necessary.

Arrangement for oil filling/ drain valve/ plug / hole shall be sealed to avoid

Page 142: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/142

leakage / pilferage of oil. The arrangement provided shall be indicated in the

tender. For load shedding single phasing is adopted in the system. The

offered CTs shall be suitable for working under such conditions.

iv) For 33 KV CTs only live tank type design shall be acceptable

v) PRINCIPAL TECHNICAL PARTICULARS OF CURRENT

TRANSFORMERS:-

S. No. Description 1. PARTICULARS

1. Type of CT/Installation Single Phase Live Tank oil

filled hermetically sealed,

outdoor type.

2. Type of mounting Steel Structure

3 Nominal system voltage 33KV

4 Highest system voltage 36KV

5 Rated Insulation level.

a. One minute dry power frequency

withstands voltage.

70KV (rms)

b. 1.2/50 micro second Lightning Impulse

voltage (KVP)

170 KV peak

6 One minute High voltage power frequency

test on

a. Primary winding (test voltage) As per IS:2705/1992 (with

latest amendment)

b. Secondary winging (test voltage) As per IS:2705/1992 (with

latest amendment)

7 Frequency 50Hz.

8 Transformation ratio(s) 400-200-100/5-5A

9. Method of earthing of system Effectively earthed

10. Rated continuous Thermal current(s)

rating(s)

120% of rated primary

current (s)

11. a) Rated short time thermal current. 25 KA (rms) for 1 Sec.

b) Rated dynamic current (KAP) 62.5

12. Temperature rise for rated continuous

thermal current over an ambient temp. of

50 Deg. C.

Within limits of

IS: 2705/1992 with latest

amendments.

13. Total creepage distance of porcelain

housing (Min.)

900 mm

14. Max. Creepage factor for hollow porcelain

insulator

4.0

15. Core utilization for CTs having ratio 400-

200-100/5-5 Amp.

CORE-I CORE-II

Metering Back up

protection

Page 143: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/143

a. Rated burden VA 30 40

b. Class of accuracy 0.5S 5P

c. Max. instrument security factor 5 -

d. Accuracy limit factor (max.) - 15

vi) Necessary magnetization curve for the relevant core(s) shall be furnished.

vii) TEMPERATURE RISE FOR CURRENT TRANSFORMERS :

The limits of temperature rise of the windings, external surface of the core

and other parts of the current transformers when carrying a primary current equal

to the rated continuous thermal current at the rated frequency and with rated

burden shall be governed by the provisions of latest issue of IS:2705 (Pt.I). The

corresponding temperature rise for the terminal connectors shall not exceed at rated

continuous thermal current of the CT beyond the limits prescribed in IS:5561/1970

or latest issue.

1.05 CORES AND WINDINGS FOR ALL CLASS CURRENT TRANSFORMERS:

i) The current transformers core to be used for metering and instrumentation shall be

of the accuracy class as specified. The saturation factor, instrument security factor

of this core shall be low enough so as not to cause any damage to measuring

instruments in the event of maximum short circuit current. Mu-metal or equivalent

material shall be used for this purpose. This factor shall not exceed to 5 on all

transformation ratio.

ii) The current transformers cores to be used for protective relaying shall be of

accuracy specified. The cores shall be designed for a maximum accuracy limit factor

of 15 or min. knee point voltage specified as the case may be. The magnetization

curves for applicable core shall be furnished by the tenderer along with the tender

failing which offer is likely to be ignored.

iii) The rating of the secondary winding shall be as per Clause No. 3.04(v) of this

specification. The secondary terminals shall be brought out in a weather proof

compartment on one side of current transformer for easy access and shall be

provided with short-circuiting arrangements. Required transformation ratio can be

achieved in any manner but the current transformers will have to satisfy the

requirement of rated VA burdens, class of accuracy, accuracy limit factor,

instrument security factor and short time thermal rating etc. as specified in Clause

1.4 (v) at all transformation ratio.

The minimum knee point voltage and maximum secondary winding resistance shall

correspond to the lowest ratio. In case tapings are provided on secondary side of

current transformers to get the designed transformation ratios, magnetization

curves corresponding to all secondary taps must be submitted with the tender.

Secondary windings resistances at such secondary tap shall also be clearly specified.

The secondary terminal box shall be provided with necessary glands with removable

gland plate for control cables. The secondary terminal box shall conform to IP-55

test.

Page 144: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/144

iv) Primary winding shall be made out of high conducting copper. The design density for

short circuit current as well as conductivity for primary winding shall meet the

requirement of IS:2705/1992 or latest issue. However for primary winding current

density corresponding to the rated short time current shall not exceed 160

Amps./Sq.mm for copper conductor. Suitably insulated copper wire of electrolytic

grade shall be used for secondary winding. The tenderer should furnish details of

primary winding e.g. Number of primary turns, cross-section, short time current

density and normal continuous rated current density in the primary winding so as to

meet the requirement of IS. Winding shall have high mechanical strength for safety

against stress.

v) The shape of external metal parts shall ensure that rainwater runs off and there is

no stagnation.

vi) The requirement of current transformers of all classes regarding their ratio error,

minimum keen point voltage, exciting current at knee point voltage, maximum

resistance of secondary winding etc. shall have to be coordinated with the

requirement of the protective relay and protecting scheme wherever required

without any extra cost to the purchaser.

vii) The CTs shall be of robust design, tested quality and reliable in operation. Only pure

high-grade paper would evenly under controlled conditions and impregnated with

mineral oil under vacuum shall be used for the main insulation.

1.06 FITTINGS & ACCESSORIES FOR CTs:

The CTs shall be provided with the following fittings & accessories:-

1) 2 Nos. bimetallic terminal connector with each CT suitable for horizontal & vertical

take off. The thickness of bimetallic strip/sleeve shall be of min.2 mm.

2) Oil level gauge.

3) Pressure release device if design recommended.

4) Expansion Chamber or suitable type of device for absorbing variation in volume of

oil due to change in temperature of oil.

5) Oil filling/ drain valve/ plug/ hole with sealing arrangement.

6) Lifting lugs/ holes.

7) Weather proof secondary terminal box fitted with hinged/ bolted door and complete

with terminals and short circuit arrangements. The secondary box hinged/ bolted

door shall have sealing arrangement.

8) Two Nos. earthing terminals.

9) Name & Rating plate showing details of connection diagram.

1.07 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS OF 33 KV CTs:

1.07.1INSULATING OIL AND BUSHINGS:

The quantity of insulating oil for first filling of each instrument transformer and

complete specification of the oil shall be stated in the tender. The oil shall conform

to the requirements of latest issue of IS: 335. The instrument transformers shall be

of standards duly filed in with oil. The oil filled bushing shall be of standard make

such as W.S. Industries, BHEL/MIL/Birla NGK/CJI/TEKMEK, KOLKATA. The bushing

Page 145: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/145

shall be suitable for operation in heavily polluted atmosphere with creepage distance

of minimum 25 mm per KV. The details of make and catalogue no. etc. of bushing

shall be clearly stated in the guaranteed technical particulars. Pressure of nitrogen

or any other inert gas used above the oil level to permit expansion or contraction of

oil along with device to detect any leakage if any shall be stated in the tender.

1.07.2 TERMINAL CONNECTORS:

The Instrument transformers shall be supplied with bimetallic terminal connectors

for both ends suitable for ACSR Panther conductor as per requirement and

confirming to IS:5561. Each terminal connector shall be suitable for both horizontal

and vertical take off arrangement.

The instruments transformers shall also be provided with two number earthing

terminals of adequate size, protected against corrosion and metallically clean.

Bimetallic strips or sleeves of suitable thickness to prevent bimetallic corrosion shall

be provided as a part of the terminal connectors.

1.07.3 PAINTING:

All ferrous parts of the Instrument Transformers exposed to atmosphere shall be

painted externally with one coat of anti rust abide paint (Primer) and two coats of dark

admirably grey paint (synthetic enamel paint of light grey shade No. 631 of IS:5). All

interior surfaces in contact with oil shall be painted with two coats of heat resistant oil

insoluble paint.

1.07.4TYPE OF MOUNTINGS:

The tenderer may submit their drawing / design for supporting structures of the

Instrument transformers offered by bidders.

1.08 NAME / RATING PLATE:

All items of the equipment includes in this specification shall be provided with rating

plates as per relevant standards. Rating Plate & terminal marking shall be as per

relevant IS. Purchase order / TN reference shall also be given.

1.09 TYPE TEST REPORTS

Certified copies of tests reports from any CPRI/ NABL accredited testing laboratories

of all type tests as per relevant latest standard mentioned under section-III clause

3.02 in respect of similar equipment (voltage class wise) included in this

specification along with bushing and terminal connector (if offered other than

approved make) shall be furnished to adjudge the technical suitability by the

successful bidder. The tenderer shall furnish necessary calculations on the basis of

STC test reports furnished above to prove the CTs of offered ratios are capable to

withstand the specified short circuit level. The type tests reports shall not be older

than 5 years. The type tests details are as under :

a) Short time current test

b) Lightening impulse voltage withstand test.

c) Temperature rise test.

d) High voltage power frequency (wet) withstand test.

e) Determination of errors or other characteristics.

Page 146: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/146

1.09 INSPECTION & TESTING:

i) Each equipment covered under this specification shall comply with and shall be

subjected to all routine tests prescribed in the relevant Indian Standards

specification as mentioned in Clause 3.02 above.

ii) In the event of order, supplier shall have to get all type test conducted as per

requirement of relevant standards on one sample out of first lot comprising

minimum 25% of ordered quantity in presence of inspecting officer without any

extra cost, at CPRI/ NABL accredited testing laboratories designated by

purchaser for which facilities exists in India unless otherwise it is waived by the

purchaser.

iii) In case Bidder has furnished complete valid Type Test Reports of offered items

as per requirement of Specification & ordered quantity is less than 100 Nos, the

above condition of Type Test on 1-Sample from first lot comprising minimum

25% of ordered quantity in presence of inspecting officer without any extra cost,

at CPRI/ NABL accredited testing laboratories shall not be applicable. In case

Bidder has furnished BG in absence of Type Test then Type Test from first lot will

be conducted as per Clause No. 3.12(ii).

iv) In case a bidder who has supplied 33 KV CTs of offered ratio and accuracy to

any three Discoms of Rajasthan during last 5 years from the date of opening of

a new tender and type tests have been conducted from 1st lot offered for

inspection than the condition of Type Test on 1 Sample from 1st Lot comprising

minimum 25% of ordered quantity in presence of Nigam’s Inspecting Officer

without any extra cost at CPRI/NABL accredited Lab as per clause No. 3.12(ii) of

Specification shall not be applicable upon them for the ratio for which type test

has conducted.

v) Routine tests as per relevant standard shall be carried out on each equipment

covered by this specification in the presence of purchaser’s representative if

desired by the purchaser. All tests reports shall be submitted and got approved

vi) During every lot offered for inspection, oil sample shall be drawn at random from

any one equipment and same shall be tested as per IS: 335 for a) Break down

voltage, b) Tan δ at 900 Centigrade.

vi) One CT in each offered lot shall be opened for verifying the diameter and cross

sectional area of primary conductor including verification of GTP.

If CT fails in any of the tests/ verification at the works, the entire lot shall be

rejected.

vii) Dispatch Instructions of inspected material shall be issued only after successful

type test reports.

1.13 TESTS AT SITE/ VERIFICATION AT STORES:

The purchaser reserves the right to carry out any site tests as he may decide at his

own cost and will claim reimbursement from the supplier, in case the material as a

result of such test / tests is not found conforming for the prescribed specification.

Page 147: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/147

Verification: - One CT in each offered lot received in Nigam’s stores shall be opened

for verifying the diameter and cross sectional area of primary conductor including

verification of GTP. If CT fails in above verification at Stores, entire lot shall be

rejected and supplier shall lift the rejected lot. In case it found within specified limit,

the supplier at his own cost shall reassemble/ replace the physically opened CT at

works/ stores.

The payment against supplies shall be released after obtaining successful store

verification.

1.14 GUARANTEED TECHNICAL PARTICULARS:

Guaranteed technical particulars for Instrument Transformers shall be furnished

by the successful bidder.

1.15 MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP:

All materials used in the manufacture of aforesaid equipment shall be of best quality

and capable of satisfactory operation under climatic conditions mentioned in Clause

1.03 above. The workmanship shall be of the highest grade and the practice.

1.16 COMPLETENESS OF EQUIPMENTS:

All fittings, accessories or apparatus which may have not been specifically

mentioned in this specification but which are usual or necessary for the equipment’s

shall be deemed to have been included in this specification. All equipment’s shall

complete in all respect.

1.17 LATENT DEFECTS, ERRORS AND OMISSIONS:

Any material / equipment or part thereof that developed defects, error or omissions

in the apparatus, not disclosed prior to the final acceptance by the purchaser, but

occur or are disclosed during the guaranteed period shall be corrected promptly or

the apparatus or part there of shall be replaced by the supplier free of charges and

all expenses for the transportation handling, installation of such replacement or any

other incidental charges shall be borne by the supplier.

1.18 GUARANTEE PERIOD & REPLACEMENT DURING GUARANTEE PERIOD:

Performance guarantee of the equipment shall be for the period of 36 months from

the date of receipt in stores. The month & year of expiry of guarantee period shall

be marked on the nameplate. Equipment failed within such guarantee period shall

have to be replaced free of cost within 45 days of intimation. You shall furnish

successful routine test reports of the equipment. If purchaser desires inspection

prior to dispatch an inspecting officer shall be nominated for verification for the test

reports. Transportation and lifting of defective material & delivery of replaced

material shall be borne by the supplier.

Page 148: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/148

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR 11 KV 3X185 sqmm CROSS-LINKED

POLYETHYLENE (XLPE) INSULATED POWER CABLES

1. SCOPE:

1.1 This section provides for manufacture, testing before dispatch, supply and delivery

F.O.R. destination of ISI Marked 11 KV Aluminium conductor Screened, Cross

linked Polyethylene (XLPE) Insulated Armoured Shielded PVC Sheathed cable of

rated voltage 11 KV (earthed system) conforming to IS:7098 (Part-II/1985) with

latest amendment. The 11 KV Aluminium Conductor, Screened CROSS-LINKED

POLYETHEYLENE (XLPE) INSULATED Armoured Shielded PVC Sheathed Power cable

shall be ISI marked.

2. STANDARDS:

Unless otherwise stipulated in this specification the following standards with latest

amendments shall be applicable.

i) IS:7098(Part-II) : Cross linked Polyethylene

Insulated PVC sheathed cable

for voltage from 3.3 KV upto &

Including 33 KV.

ii) IS:8130 : Conductors for insulated Cables.

iii) IS:5831 : PVC insulation and sheath of

Electric cables.

iv) IS:3975 : Mild steel wires, strips and

tapes for armouring cables.

v) IS:10810 : Methods of test for cables.

iv) IS:10418 : Drums for Electric Cables

3. CLIMATIC CONDITIONS:

i) Peak ambient temperature 50 deg.C

in shade.

ii) Maximum average ambient 40 deg.C

temperature in a 24 hours period

in shade.

iii) Min. ambient air temperature in shade (-) 5 deg.C

iv) Maximum temperature attainable 60 deg.C

by an object exposed to sun.

v) Maximum relative humidity. 100%

vi) Average number of thunder 40

storm days per annum.

vii) Average number of rainy days 100

per annum.

viii) Average annual rainfall 10 to 100 cm

ix) Number of months of tropical 4 months

Monsoon conditions.

Page 149: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/149

x) Maximum wind pressure. 100 kg/ sq. mm.

xi) Altitude not exceeding 1000 M

4. GENERAL REQUIREMENT:

4.1 The 11 KV power cable shall be ISI Marked Aluminium conductor screened cross

linked polyethylene insulated armoured shielded and over all PVC sheathed. The

11 KV XLPE Cable shall conform to IS: 7098 (Part-II)/1985 with latest amendments

shall bear ISI Certification mark. The cable shall be capable of withstanding the

normal stresses associated with transportation, erection, reeling and unreeling

operations without getting deformed.

4.2 The 11 KV XLPE Cable shall be suitable for the following conditions of laying:

i) Laid directly in ground.

ii) Installed outdoor in free air in vertical position.

iii) Drawn into underground ducts.

4.3 The 11 KV XLPE Power Cable shall be suitable for use where combination of

ambient temperature and temperature rise due to load results in

conductor temperature not exceeding 90 degree C. under normal operation

and 250 degree C under short circuit conditions.

4.4 The cable shall be used on 11 KV earthed system. The cables shall be suitable

for continuous operation at a power frequency voltage 10% higher than rated

voltage.

5.0 MATERIAL:

5.1 CONDUCTOR: The conductor shall be composed of aluminium wires complying

with the requirement of Class-2 of IS: 8130/1984.

The bidder must guaranteed the minimum weight of Aluminium in Kg/Km

corresponding to nominal cross sectional area of conductor as mentioned in

the G.T.P.

5.2 INSULATION:

The insulation shall be cross linked polyethylene conforming to the

requirement given in Table-1 of IS:7098(Part-II)/1985.

5.3 SCREENING:

The screening shall consist of one or more of the following:

i) Non-Metallic semi conducting tape.

ii) Non-Metallic semi conducting compound and

ii) Non-Magnetic Metallic tape wire, strip or sheath.

5.4 FILLERS AND INNER SHEATH:

5.4.1 The filler and inner sheath shall be of the following:

a) Vulcanized or Un-vulcanized rubber or

b) Thermoplastic material.

5.4.2 Vulcanized or Un vulcanized rubber or Thermoplastic material used for inner

sheath shall not be harder than XLPE and PVC used for insulation and outer

sheath respectively. The filler and inner sheath material shall be chosen to be

Page 150: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/150

compatible with the temperature rating of the cable and shall have no deleterious

effect on any other components of the cable.

5.4.3 The Central hole / void, if any, of the cable shall be invariably filled with suitable

filler material so that there is no gap in the center.

5.5 ARMOURING:

5.5.1 The Armouring shall be of Galvanized Steel Strip.

5.5.2. Galvanized steel strips shall comply with the requirements of IS:3975/1979 with

latest amendments.

5.6 OUTER SHEATH:

5.6.1 The outer sheath shall be of Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) compound conforming to the

requirement of type ST-2 of IS:5831/1984.

6. CONSTRUCTION:

6.1 CONDUCTOR:

The Conductor shall be of stranded construction complying with Class-2 of

IS:8130/1984. The aluminium shall be reasonably uniform in size and shape and

its surface be free from any sharp edges.

6.2 CONDUCTOR SCREENING:

The conductor screening shall be provided over the conductor by applying non-

metallic semi conducing tape or by extrusion of semi conducting compound or a

combination of the two.

6.3 INSULATION:

The Conductor (with screen) shall be provided with cross linked polyethylene (XLPE)

insulation applied by extrusion. The insulation shall be so applied that it fits closely

on the conductor (or conductor screening) and it shall be possible to remove it

without damaging the conductor. The thickness of insulation and tolerance of

thickness of insulation shall be as per Clause No.11 of IS:7098 (Part-II)/1985.

6.4 INSULATION SCREENING:

6.4.1 The insulation screening shall consist of two parts namely metallic and non-

metallic.

6.4.2 Non-metallic part shall be applied directly over the insulation of each core and shall

consist of either a semi conducting tape or extruded semi conducting or a

combination of the two or either material with a semi conducting coating.

6.4.3 Metallic part shall consist of either tape or braid or concentric serving of wires or a

sheath should be non-magnetic and shall be applied over the non metallic part.

6.5 CORE IDENTIFICATION:

The core identification shall be done as per Clause-13 of IS:7098 (Part-II)/ 1985.

6.6 LAYING UP OF CORES:

The Cores (with screening) shall be laid together with a suitable right hand lay.

Wherever, necessary the interstices shall be filled with non-hygroscopic material.

6.7 INNER SHEATH (COMMON COVERING):

The laid up core shall be provided with inner sheath applied either by extrusion or

by wrapping. However, application of inner sheath by EXTRUSION shall be

Page 151: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/151

preferred. It shall be ensured that the shape is as circular as possible. The inner

sheath shall be so applied that it fits closely on the laid up cores and it shall be

possible to remove it without damage to the insulation. The thickness of inner

sheath shall be as per Clause No.15.3 of IS: 7098 (Part-II)/ 1985 (with latest

amendments.

6.8 ARMOURING:

The armouring shall be applied over the inner sheath. The Galvanized Steel

Armoured strips shall be applied as closely as practicable. The direction of lay of the

Armour shall be left hand. A binder tape may be applied on the armouring. The

dimensions of the galvanized steel strips shall be as specified in Table-4 of IS:7098

(Part-II)/1985. The joints in Armour strips if any shall be made by brazing or

welding and the surface irregularities shall be removed. A joint in any strip

shall be at least 300 mm. from the nearest joint in any other armour strips in the

completed cable.

6.9 OUTER SHEATH:

6.9.1 The outer sheath shall be applied by extrusion over the armouring. The colour of

outer sheath shall be black.

6.9.2 The thickness of the outer sheath shall be as per Clause No.17.3 of IS: 7098 (Part-

II)/1985 with latest amendments.

7.0 TYPE TESTS:

7.1 The material offered, shall be fully type tested as per relevant standard of

specification of IS:7098 (Part-II/1985) amended up to date. The following shall

constitute type tests:

a) Tests of Conductor:

i) Annealing test (for copper)

ii) Tensile test (for aluminium)

iii) Wrapping test (for aluminium)

iv) Conductor Resistance test

b) Tests for armouring wires/strips.

c) Tests for thickness of insulation and sheath.

d) Physical tests for insulation:

i) Tensile strength and elongation at break.

ii) Ageing in air oven.

iii) Hot test.

iv) Shrinkage test.

v) Water absorption (gravimetric).

e) Physical test for outer sheath:

i) Tensile strength and elongation at break.

ii) Ageing in air oven.

iii) Shrinkage test.

iv) Hot deformation,

f) Partial discharge test.

Page 152: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/152

g) Bending test.

h) Dielectric power factor test:

i) As a function of voltage.

ii) As a function of temperature.

i) Insulation resistance (volume resistivity test).

j) Heating cycle test.

k) Impulse withstand test.

l) High voltage test.

m) Flammability test.

7.2 However, the purchaser reserves the right to demand repetition of same or all the

type tests in presence of purchaser’s representative.

7.3 The bidder must also clearly indicate various testing facilities available at their

works for testing the material as per relevant standards. In case of

otherwise particulars of the place where such testing is proposed to be

conducted during the course of inspection shall be indicated with the offer.

8. INSPECTION (TEST BEFORE DISPATCH):

8.1 The inspection may be carried out by the purchaser at any stage of manufacturer.

The Inspection & Testing shall be governed by various Clauses of General Conditions

Of Contract. Acceptance of any equipment / material under this

specification by the purchaser shall not relieve the supplier of his obligation

of furnishing equipment in accordance with the specification and shall not

prevent subsequent rejection if the equipment/material is found to be defective.

The following Acceptance tests as per Clause No.18.2 of IS:7098(Part-II)/1985

shall be conducted in presence of the purchaser's authorized representative /

agency on each lot of offered cables:

i) Tensile Test.

ii) Wrapping Test.

iii) Conductor Resistance Test.

iv) Test for thickness of insulation & sheath.

v) Hot Set Test for insulation.

vi) Tensile strength & elongation at break test for insulation and sheath.

vii) Partial Discharge Test (for screened cables only).

viii) High voltage test and

ix) Insulation resistance (Volume resistivity) Test.

x) Test for Armour:

a) Verification of Dimension of Strip.

b) Tensile Strength & elongation at break.

c) Uniformity of Zinc Coating.

d) Weight of Zinc Coating.

e) Winding Test on Armour.

f) Resistivity Test on Armour.

Page 153: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/153

Cold impact test for outer sheath (IS:5831/1984) shall constitute the optional test

and shall be conducted on first lot of the offered cables of each size as per

Clause No.18.4 of IS:7098(Part-II)/1985.

8.2 ROUTINE TEST:-

The following shall constitute routine tests:

a) Conductor resistance test

b) Partial discharge test

c) High voltage test.

8.3 The bidder shall furnish Packing list mentioning serial Nos. of Drums,

length in each drum, gross weight of drum without lagging along with

inspection offer duly signed by the authorized representative of the firm.

The purchaser reserves the rights to insist for witnessing the acceptance / routine

tests of the bought out items.

8.4 At least 5% of total numbers of drums subject to minimum of two (2) in the lot put

up for inspection shall be selected at random to ascertain the length of cable by the

following method.

“At the works of manufacturer of the cable shall be transferred from one drum to

another for checking any manufacturing defects in the cable, at the same time

measuring its length with the help of the graduated pulley and cyclometer. The

difference in average length thus obtained from the declared length by the supplier

in the packing list shall be applied to all the drums if the cable is found short during

checking the sample lot (s).”

8.5 The supplier shall present the latest Calibration Certificate(s) of testing

instruments / equipment’s to be used for the testing of the material covered

in the Purchase Order to the authorized inspecting officer/ inspecting agency

of the purchaser. The testing instruments/ meters/ apparatus etc. should be got

calibrated by the supplier from time to time from Govt. Laboratory or any

independent test laboratory/house having valid accreditation from National

Accreditation Board for Testing and Calibrating Laboratories for the testing

equipment’s / original manufacturer having trace ability to NABL/NPL or

equivalent.

8.6 The calibration certificate(s) should not in any case be older than one year at the

time of presenting the same to the inspecting officer/ inspecting agency of the

purchaser. The testing instruments/ equipment’s should be duly sealed by the

Calibrating Agency and mention thereof shall be indicated in the calibration

certificate(s).

8.8 TEST CHECKING OF MATERIAL AT STORES:

(i) Sample drums from the material received at stores shall be

selected for testing at CTL as per sampling plan given hereunder

in presence of firm’s representative. The selected sample drum /

drums shall be transported to CTL by concern S.S / ACOS of

Nigam.

Page 154: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/154

(ii) The selected sample drum for CTL testing shall be identified by

the seals provided by Inspecting Officer / Inspecting Agency

during pre-dispatch inspection at firms works and these sealing

details shall be invariably mentioned in the selection Memo by the

nominated officers of Nigam.

(iii) The tests in the Nigam Testing laboratory (CTL) shall be conducted in the

presence of representative of supplier for which a 7 days notice shall be

issued through Fax / Speed Post stating Date & Time to the firm, so that

supplier can depute their representative to witness the test . In case the

supplier or his representative does not turn up the testing shall be

proceeded & completed. The payment shall be released only after

receipt of successful test reports for the samples selected at

purchaser’s stores for mandatory test checking on the samples to be

selected from material received at Nigam’s stores by officers to be

nominated by Circle SE’s / SE (I&S) for testing at CTL.

(iv) SAMPLING: One number Drum out of each lot / sub-lot of 25 Nos.

Drums or part thereof for the material received in Stores of Nigam.

(v) TESTS: The following tests shall be carried out as per relevant clause of

latest IS on each selected drum by drawing sample of 10 Mtr. at CTL

from random distance during re-winding:

a) Rewinding test (Measurement of Length) & Checking of Manufacturing

defects.

b) Measurement of Resistance of conductor.

c) Tensile strength & Elongation at Break Test for Insulation & Sheath

d) Test for Thickness of Insulation & Sheath

e) Hot Set Test

f) Test for Armour:

i) Verification of Dimension of Wire / Strip.

ii) Tensile Strength & elongation at break.

iii) Uniformity of Zinc Coating.

iv) Weight of Zinc Coating.

v) Winding Test on Armour.

vi) Resistivity Test on Armour.

g) Verification of Marking

In addition to above tests remaining acceptance tests as per relevant IS

shall also be conducted at CTL provided the testing facility is available at

CTL for these tests time to time. Only those tests shall be conducted for

which testing facilities are available in NIGAM’s Lab.

vi) CRITERIA FOR ACCEPTANCE:

a) If the measured of conductor resistance of the sample(s) exceeds beyond

2% as per the resistance specified in the contract, the material shall be

rejected and the same shall have to be replaced by the supplier.

Page 155: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/155

b) If the measured conductor resistance of the sample(s) exceeds the

value specified in the contract but does not exceed by more than 2% of

the resistance value specified in the contract, the material contained in

the lot / sub-lot to which the sample belongs shall be accepted with a

deduction @ 1.5% of the cost of cable for increase in resistance for every

1% or part thereof.

a) If the sample(s) fails in any other test, the material shall be rejected

and shall have to be replaced by the supplier.

b) If the contractor / supplier fails to lift the material declared rejected or any

part thereof from the consignee within a period of 15 days from the date of dispatch of

information from the purchaser, the purchaser shall be entitled to effect recovery along

with other actions as per Clause No. 1.62 of Section-II (General Condition of Contract).

c) The results of measurement of length test shall be made applicable to all

drums contained in each lot / sub lot by making deduction of less length of cable in a

Sample Drum.

8.9 TEST CHARGES :

All test charges incurred towards test checking of the material received in

our stores shall be borne by the NIGAM.

9.0 IDENTIFICATION:

9.1 The manufacturer shall be identified throughout the length of cable as per

Clause No.20.1 of IS:7098(Part-II)/ 1985.

9.2 The cable code employed shall be as per Clause No.20.3 of IS:7098 (Part-

II) /1985.

10.0 EMBOSSING:

The cable shall also be required to be embossed with the word `Name of

manufacturer or Trade name, ELECTRIC/ Voltage Grade/ NAME OF DISCOM/ TN-

cable code, size of cable & year of manufacture at every meter length for which no extra

charges shall be paid. The cable should be ISI marked & same should be embossed

on the outer sheet of every meter length of HT Cable.

11. MARKING:

The progressive length of cable in meter shall be marked on the outer

sheath of every meter length of HT Cable.

12. PACKING AND MARKING:

12.1 The cable shall be wound on a non returnable wooden drum conforming to

IS: 10418/1982 of suitable size. The ends of cables shall be sealed by means of

non-hygroscopic material. Only one cable length shall be supplied on a drum. The cable

can also be supplied on M-Steel Drums as per relevant ISS as applicable.

12.2 The cable drums shall carry the following information either stenciled or

painted.

i) Manufacturer's name, Brand or trade mark.

ii) Type of cable and voltage grade.

iii) Number of cores.

Page 156: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/156

iv) Nominal cross-sectional area of the Conductor.

v) Cable Code.

vi) Length of cable on the drum.

vii) Direction of rotation of drum (by means of an

arrow).

viii) Gross mass.

ix) Year of manufacture.

x) ISI Certification mark.

xi) Purchase order/bid No. and

xi) Name of Consignee.

13. STANDARD LENGTH: The cable shall be supplied in standard length of 250 Mtrs

in one Drum for size 11 KV, 3CX185 Sq.mm.

13.1 A tolerance of (+/-) 5% shall be allowed on standard length.

14. GUARANTEED TECHNICAL PARTICULARS : The successful bidder shall furnish guaranteed technical particulars as per the

specification and clearly mentioning the weight of aluminum as per MM wing of JVVNL.

15. DRAWINGS & DOCUMENTATIONS:

The successful bidder is required to furnish the detailed constructional drawing of

cable clearly showing shape of core, type, size of fillers/ interstices along with Center Filler

etc. The calculations of weights of different components of the cable along with

weight of armouring and calculation of number of armour strips indicating Lay

Ratio & Lay Factor shall also be furnished. In absence of this, the bids are likely to

be ignored. The drawing of drums shall also be furnished as per relevant

applicable ISS.

Page 157: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/157

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION AND BILL MATERIAL OF

2POLE/ 4 POLE DT STRUCTURE

The structure to house the distribution transformer should be fabricated with the

following material as per the approved drawing.

S.No Description Quantity

2-Pole 4-Pole

1. ISMB 150X75X2350 2 4Nos

2. ISMC 125X65X1500 2 2 Nos

3. ISMC 125X65X2000 2 2 Nos

4. ISA 65X65X6 2 2 Nos

5. ISA 65X6X1583 - 2 Nos

6. ISA 65X6X1238 - 2 Nos

7. Plate 400X400X12 - 4 Nos

8. ISA 100X100X6 4 8 Nos

9. Plate 120X120, 10mm thick 4 8 Nos

10. Plate 250X250X12 2 4 Nos

11. Plate 2000X1500, 5 mm 1 1 Nos

12. PVC Pipe 140mm dia 2 2 Nos

13. ISA 65X65X6 2000mm 1 1 Nos

14. ISA 65X65X6 500mm 3 3 Nos

15. Ladder for LT/HT cable 2 2 Nos.

16. ISMC 125X65 1370 mm 2 2 Nos

17. Leakage Oil Drain Tray 155X1000mm 1 1 Nos.

Page 158: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/158

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR NUMERICAL RELAY

The circuit breaker shall be fitted with shunt trip coil for operation on Numerical

Over Current and Earth Fault relay. The coils should be rated for 110VDC operation

on station battery.

Three phase protection relays shall be Numerical Over-current & Earth Fault

protection having 3 element for over current and one for earth fault protection with

instant trip. The setting for over-current shall be 50-200% (continuous range) and

for earth fault element from 5 to 80% (continuous range). These relays shall be

non directional with selectable curve for all standard IDMT curves. The numerical

relays shall have following features:-

i. Self Diagnosis

ii. Minimum last five abnormal events recording (over current & earth

fault) indicating fault current and phase, along with Date & Time.

iii. On-line display of current.

iv. Communicable with open Protocol having RS-485 port.

v. Instantaneous Over-Current Protection with adjustable timer.

vi. Breaker Failure detection.In-built Circuit Breaker Trip Circuit

Supervision function during pre closing and post closing of Circuit

Breaker.

vii. DC supervision.

viii. Very low burden on CT (less than 0.5VA)

ix. Continuous monitoring of module’s internal hardware and alarm

generation in case of failure of any critical components.

x. 5 Digital Output contacts for local alarm as well as tele-signalling.

The relay shall be numerical type mounted in flush pattern on the panel board. The

relay should be rated for 5 Amp. CT secondary. The relay should conform to

relevant ISS. The tenders shall furnish the detail in this regard along with the offer.

All the relays shall be provided with test blocks in panel so designed that the relays

may be tested in situ. The relays should have provision of testing either through

test block or test plug easily accessible by injecting the voltage / current/frequency

(as applicable) from external testing instruments /source without first

disconnecting/ reenergizing the primary electrical circuit protected by the relays.

Facilities for isolating the tripping circuit during such testing shall also be provided.

Relay TTB shall have trip bypass arrangement.

The requirement of test block shall not be applicable in case of drawout type relays

which can be tested by using test plug without removing the relay from its casing.

The testing facilities provided in the relays shall be specifically stated in the bid.

One test plug with five panels or part thereof are to be supplied.

The Following makes of Relays are acceptable:-

a. Areva. f. JVS

b. ABB. g. SEL

Page 159: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/159

c. Easun Reyrolle h. ASHIDA

d. C&S i. MEGAWIN

e. Crompton j. Stelmec

The technical suitability of relays/schemes may also be examined by Protection

Wing & acceptability will be judged appropriately.

The successful bidder must furnish type test reports as per relevant ISS/ IEC along

with bid to suit the environmental conditions of our State, in respect of the relay

(of the type and design offered) which should have been type tested in NABL

accredited test laboratory in respect of such tests for which the lab has been

accredited (for Indian make Relays)/ CPRI/ Nationally accredited testing laboratory

(for Foreign make Relays). These type test reports should not be older than five

years from the date of opening of bid. Bids without Type Test reports will be

treated as Non-Responsive. Any other equivalent make of relays shall also be

acceptable subject to prior approval of S.E. (JCC), JVVNL, Jaipur.

The scope also includes the necessary wiring to be done for the protection

scheme to be workable and SCADA compatible.

Desirable Features for Relay :

i) Numerical 3 over current and Earth fault relay with instant trip.

ii) Instantaneous Over-Current Protection with adjustable timer.

iii) Breaker Failure detection.

iv) In-built CB Trip Circuit Supervision function during pre closing and post

closing of CB.

v) DC supervision.

vi) Disturbance Recorder. Up 1 sec of actual waveform of current along with

logical and physical status, are captured & saved in the built-in memory with

date time stamping, for analyzing fault condition & fault location.

vii) Fully communicable with IEC standard open protocol.

viii) Separate Communication Port for SCADA (RS485) as well as Local testing

(RS232C)

ix) Very low burden on CT (less than 0.5VA)

x) Continuous monitoring of module’s internal hardware and alarm generation

in case of failure of any critical components.

xi) Facility to synchronized Relay time from SCADA

xii) 5 Digital Output contacts for local alarm as well as tele-signalling.

Page 160: Technical specification TN 01 Lot I - Rajasthan · 2020-06-07 · IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control . TN-01/4 gear. 23. IEC-60255 & IEC-61330 ... drawout

TN-01/160

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR SHUNT TRIP SCHEME IN PLECE OF

EXISTING SERIES TRIP ARRANGEMENT

The 11 KV circuit breakers fitted with series trip arrangement shall be converted

into shunt trip coil arrangement for operation on Numerical Over Current and Earth

Fault relay. The coils should be rated for 110VDC operation on station battery. The

examining the existing protection scheme the bidder should furnish the shunt trip

arrangement scheme for approval.